Difference between revisions of "RFC1095"

From RFC-Wiki
 
Line 1: Line 1:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Network Working Group                                        U. Warrier
 
Network Working Group                                        U. Warrier
 
Request for Comments: 1095                            Unisys Corporation
 
Request for Comments: 1095                            Unisys Corporation
                                                                L. Besaw
+
                                                            L. Besaw
                                                        Hewlett-Packard
+
                                                      Hewlett-Packard
                                                              April 1989
+
                                                          April 1989
 
 
  
 
   The Common Management Information Services and Protocol over TCP/IP
 
   The Common Management Information Services and Protocol over TCP/IP
                                (CMOT)
+
                              (CMOT)
 
 
                        Table of Contents
 
 
 
1. Status of this Memo ............................................    3
 
2. Introduction ...................................................    4
 
Part I: Concepts and Models .......................................    7
 
3. The OSI Management Framework ...................................    7
 
3.1. Architectural Overview .......................................    7
 
3.2. Management Models ............................................    8
 
3.2.1. The Organizational Model ...................................    8
 
3.2.2. The Functional Model .......................................    8
 
3.2.3. The Information Model ......................................    9
 
3.3. ISO Application Protocols ....................................    9
 
3.3.1. ACSE .......................................................  10
 
3.3.2. ROSE .......................................................  10
 
3.3.3. CMISE ......................................................  10
 
3.3.3.1. Management Association Services ..........................  11
 
3.3.3.2. Management Notification Services .........................  12
 
3.3.3.3. Management Operation Services ............................  12
 
4. The CMOT Architecture ..........................................  13
 
4.1. Management Models ............................................  13
 
4.1.1. The Organizational Model ...................................  13
 
4.1.2. The Functional Model .......................................  14
 
4.1.3. The Information Model ......................................  14
 
4.2. Protocol Architecture ........................................  14
 
4.2.1 The Lightweight Presentation Layer ..........................  15
 
4.2.2 The Quality of Transport Service ............................  16
 
4.3. Proxy Management .............................................  17
 
4.4. Directory Service ............................................  18
 
5. Management Information .........................................  18
 
5.1. The Structure of Management Information ......................  19
 
5.1.1. The ISO SMI ................................................  19
 
5.1.1.1. Managed Objects and Attributes ...........................  19
 
5.1.1.2. Management Information Hierarchies .......................  20
 
5.1.1.2.1 The Registration Hierarchy ..............................  20
 
5.1.1.2.2. The Containment Hierarchy ..............................  20
 
5.1.1.2.3. The Inheritance Hierarchy ..............................  22
 
5.1.2. The Internet SMI ...........................................  22
 
5.2. The Management Information Base ..............................  23
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 1]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
5.3. An Interpretation of the Internet SMI ........................  24
 
5.3.1. Object Class and Attributes ................................  25
 
5.3.1.1. Object Class .............................................  25
 
5.3.1.2. Attribute Identifier .....................................  26
 
5.3.2. Management Information Hierarchies .........................  26
 
5.3.2.1. The Registration Hierarchy ...............................  26
 
5.3.2.2. The Containment Hierarchy ................................  26
 
5.3.2.3. The Inheritance Hierarchy ................................  28
 
5.4. Scoping, Filtering, and Synchronization ......................  28
 
5.4.1. Scoping ....................................................  28
 
5.4.2. Filtering ..................................................  29
 
5.4.3. Synchronization ............................................  29
 
5.4.4. Linked Replies .............................................  29
 
5.5. Accessing Tables .............................................  29
 
5.5.1. Accessing Whole Tables .....................................  30
 
5.5.2. Accessing Table Entries ....................................  30
 
Part II: Protocol Agreements ......................................  32
 
6. CMOT Protocol Overview .........................................  32
 
6.1. The CMOT Protocol Suite ......................................  32
 
6.2. Conformance Requirements .....................................  33
 
6.3. Abstract Syntax Notation .....................................  33
 
7. Common Management Information Service Element ..................  34
 
7.1. CMIS Services ................................................  34
 
7.1.1. CMIS Services Overview .....................................  34
 
7.1.2. Functional Units ...........................................  34
 
7.1.3. Functional Unit Groups .....................................  36
 
7.1.4. M-INITIALISE Parameters ....................................  37
 
7.1.4.1. Functional Units .........................................  37
 
7.1.4.2. User Information .........................................  39
 
7.1.4.3. Access Control ...........................................  39
 
7.2. Supporting Services ..........................................  39
 
7.3. CMIP Agreements ..............................................  39
 
7.3.1. Invoke Identifier ..........................................  39
 
7.3.2. Object Class ...............................................  40
 
7.3.3. Object Instance ............................................  40
 
7.3.4. Access Control .............................................  41
 
7.3.5. Synchronization ............................................  41
 
7.3.6. Scope ......................................................  41
 
7.3.7. Filter .....................................................  41
 
7.3.8. Attribute Identifier .......................................  42
 
7.3.9. Event Type Identifier ......................................  42
 
7.3.10. Action Type Identifier ....................................  42
 
7.3.11. Time Fields ...............................................  43
 
7.3.12. Response PDUs .............................................  43
 
7.3.13. Error PDUs ................................................  43
 
8. Association Control Service Element ............................  43
 
8.1. ACSE Services ................................................  44
 
8.2. Supporting Services ..........................................  44
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 2]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
8.3. ACSE Protocol ................................................  45
 
8.3.1. Application Context Name ...................................  45
 
8.3.2. User Information ...........................................  45
 
8.3.3. Presentation Service Parameters ............................  46
 
9. Remote Operations Service Element ..............................  46
 
9.1. ROSE Services ................................................  46
 
9.2. Supporting Services ..........................................  47
 
9.3. ROSE Protocol ................................................  47
 
9.3.1. Operation Class ............................................  47
 
9.3.2. Priority ...................................................  48
 
10. Lightweight Presentation ......................................  48
 
10.1. Lightweight Presentation Services ...........................  48
 
10.2. Supporting Services .........................................  48
 
10.3. Lightweight Presentation Protocol ...........................  49
 
11. Acknowledgements ..............................................  49
 
12. References ....................................................  49
 
Appendix A - The CMOT Group .......................................  52
 
Appendix B - Management Information Summary .......................  53
 
Appendix C - Sample Protocol Exchanges ............................  60
 
 
 
1.  Status of this Memo
 
 
 
  This memo defines a network management architecture that uses the
 
  International Organization for Standardization's (ISO) Common
 
  Management Information Services/Common Management Information
 
  Protocol (CMIS/CMIP) in a TCP/IP environment.  This architecture
 
  provides a means by which control and monitoring information can be
 
  exchanged between a manager and a remote network element.  In
 
  particular, this memo defines the means for implementing the Draft
 
  International Standard (DIS) version of CMIS/CMIP on top of Internet
 
  transport protocols for the purpose of carrying management
 
  information defined in the Internet-standard management information
 
  base.  DIS CMIS/CMIP is suitable for deployment in TCP/IP networks
 
  while CMIS/CMIP moves toward becoming an International Standard.
 
  Together with the relevant ISO standards and the companion RFCs that
 
  describe the initial structure of management information and
 
  management information base, these documents provide the basis for a
 
  comprehensive architecture and system for managing TCP/IP-based
 
  internets, and in particular the Internet.
 
 
 
  The Internet Activities Board (IAB) has designated two different
 
  network management protocols with the same status of "Draft Standard"
 
  and "Recommended".
 
 
 
  The two protocols are the Common Management Information Services and
 
  Protocol over TCP/IP (CMOT) (this memo) and the Simple Network
 
  Management Protocol (SNMP) [4].
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 3]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
  The IAB intends each of these two protocols to receive the attention
 
  of implementers and experimenters.  The IAB seeks reports of
 
  experience with these two protocols from system builders and users.
 
 
 
  By this action, the IAB recommends that all IP and TCP
 
  implementations be network manageable (e.g., implement the Internet
 
  MIB [3], and that implementations that are network manageable are
 
  expected to adopt and implement at least one of these two Internet
 
  Draft Standards.
 
 
 
  Distribution of this memo is unlimited.
 
 
 
2.  Introduction
 
 
 
  As reported in RFC 1052, "IAB Recommendations for the Development of
 
  Internet Network Management Standards" [1], the Internet Activities
 
  Board (IAB) has directed the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF)
 
  to coordinate the work of three working groups in the area of network
 
  management. First, the MIB working group was charged with the
 
  specification and definition of elements to be included in the
 
  Management Information Base (MIB).  Second, the SNMP working group
 
  was charged with defining the modifications to the Simple Network
 
  Management Protocol (SNMP) necessary to accommodate the short-term
 
  needs of the network vendor and operations communities.  Third, the
 
  Netman working group was directed to meet the longer-term needs of
 
  the Internet community by developing a network management system
 
  based on ISO CMIS/CMIP.  Both the Netman working group and the SNMP
 
  working group were directed to align their work with the output of
 
  the MIB working group in order to ensure compatibility of management
 
  information between the short-term and long-term approaches to the
 
  management of TCP/IP-based internets.  This will enable a smooth
 
  transition from the short-term protocol (SNMP) to the long-term
 
  protocol (CMIP).
 
 
 
  The MIB working group has produced two memos.  RFC 1065 [2] defines
 
  the Structure of Management Information (SMI) that is necessary for
 
  naming and defining managed objects in the MIB.  RFC 1066 [3] defines
 
  the list of managed objects contained in the initial TCP/IP MIB.  The
 
  SNMP working group has produced a memo [4] giving the protocol
 
  specification for SNMP and providing the SNMP protocol-specific
 
  interpretation of the Internet-standard MIB defined in RFC 1066.
 
 
 
  This memo is the output of the Netman working group.  As directed by
 
  the IAB in RFC 1052, it addresses the need for a long-term network
 
  management system based on ISO CMIS/CMIP.  The network management
 
  approach of using ISO protocols in a TCP/IP environment to manage
 
  TCP/IP networks can be described as "CMIP Over TCP/IP" (CMOT).  This
 
  memo specifies the CMOT architecture and the protocol agreements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 4]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
  necessary to implement CMIP and accompanying ISO protocols over the
 
  TCP and UDP transport protocols.  In addition, this memo provides an
 
  interpretation of RFC 1066 that makes it possible to use CMIP to
 
  convey management information defined in the Internet-standard MIB.
 
 
 
  There is widespread vendor support for the CMOT approach to network
 
  management.  This is amply shown by the Netman demonstration of
 
  prototype CMOT implementations at the Interop '88 TCP/IP
 
  Interoperability Conference.  The demonstration also showed the
 
  feasibility and power of the CMIS/CMIP framework for multivendor
 
  network management.  Now that CMIS/CMIP has been voted a Draft
 
  International Standard (DIS), many vendors feel that the ISO standard
 
  has become a stable basis for product development.  The clear need to
 
  standardize this development has led to the present profile of CMIP.
 
  It is expected that this profile will not change while the ISO
 
  standard moves from DIS status to International Standard (IS) status.
 
  If, however, the standard does change unexpectedly, the Netman
 
  working group will review such changes for appropriate action.
 
 
 
  Another rationale for the CMOT approach is that it will facilitate
 
  the early use of ISO network management standards in large
 
  operational networks.  This will make it possible for the Internet
 
  community to make valuable recommendations to ISO in the language of
 
  OSI management based on actual experience with the use and
 
  implementation of these standards.  There is continuing network
 
  management standards development work in ISO where such contributions
 
  would be valuable.
 
 
 
  The CMOT architecture is based on the Open Systems Interconnection
 
  (OSI) management framework and models developed by ISO.  This memo
 
  contains a set of protocol agreements for implementing a network
 
  management system based on this architecture. The protocol agreement
 
  sections of this memo must be read in conjunction with ISO and
 
  Internet documents defining specific protocol standards.  Documents
 
  defining the following ISO standards are required for the
 
  implementor: Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) [5, 6], Association
 
  Control (ACSE) [7, 8], Remote Operations (ROSE) [9, 10], Common
 
  Management Information Services (CMIS) [11], and Common Management
 
  Information Protocol (CMIP) [12].  RFC 1085 [13] is required for the
 
  specification of a lightweight presentation layer protocol used in
 
  this profile.  In addition, RFC 1065 [2] and RFC 1066 [3] are
 
  required for a definition of the initial SMI and MIB to be used with
 
  the CMOT management system.
 
 
 
  This memo is divided into two main parts.  The first part presents
 
  concepts and models; the second part contains the protocol agreements
 
  necessary for implementation of the CMOT network management system.
 
  The first part of the memo is divided into three sections: section 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 5]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
  contains tutorial information on the OSI management framework;
 
  section 4 defines the basic CMOT approach; and section 5 discusses
 
  the area of management information and specifies how the abstract
 
  management information defined in the Internet-standard SMI and MIB
 
  map into CMIP.  The second part of this memo is divided into sections
 
  for each of the protocols for which implementors' agreements are
 
  needed: CMISE, ACSE, ROSE, and the lightweight presentation protocol.
 
  The protocol profile defined in this part draws on the technical work
 
  of the OSI Network Management Forum [14] and the Network Management
 
  Special Interest Group (NMSIG) of the National Institute of Standards
 
  and Technology (NIST) (formerly the National Bureau of Standards).
 
  Wherever possible, an attempt has been made to remain consistent with
 
  the protocol agreements reached by these groups.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 6]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                        Part I: Concepts and Models
 
 
 
3.  The OSI Management Framework
 
 
 
  The OSI management framework [15] presents the basic concepts and
 
  models required for developing network management standards.  OSI
 
  management provides the ability to monitor and control network
 
  resources, which are represented as "managed objects." The following
 
  elements are essential for the description of a network management
 
  architecture and the standardization of a network management system:
 
  a model or set of models for understanding management; a common
 
  structure of management information for registering, identifying, and
 
  defining managed objects; detailed specifications of the managed
 
  objects; and a set of services and related protocols for performing
 
  remote management operations.
 
 
 
3.1.  Architectural Overview
 
 
 
  The basic concepts underlying OSI network management are quite simple
 
  [16].  There reside application processes called "managers" on
 
  managing systems (or management stations).  There reside application
 
  processes called "agents" on managed systems (or network elements
 
  being managed).  Network management occurs when managers and agents
 
  conspire (via protocols and a shared conceptual schema) to exchange
 
  monitoring and control information useful to the management of a
 
  network and its components.  The terms "manager" and "agent" are also
 
  used in a loose and popular sense to refer to the managing and
 
  managed system, respectively.
 
 
 
  The shared conceptual schema mentioned above is a priori knowledge
 
  about "managed objects" concerning which information is exchanged.
 
  Managed objects are system and networking resources (e.g., a modem, a
 
  protocol entity, an IP routing table, a TCP connection) that are
 
  subject to management. Management activities are effected through the
 
  manipulation of managed objects in the managed systems.  Using the
 
  management services and protocol, the manager can direct the agent to
 
  perform an operation on a managed object for which it is responsible.
 
  Such operations might be to return certain values associated with a
 
  managed object (read a variable), to change certain values associated
 
  with a managed object (set a variable), or perform an action (such as
 
  self-test) on the managed object.  In addition, the agent may also
 
  forward notifications generated asynchronously by managed objects to
 
  the manager (events or traps).
 
 
 
  The terms "manager" and "agent" are used to denote the asymmetric
 
  relationship between management application processes in which the
 
  manager plays the superior role and the agent plays the subordinate.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 7]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
  However, the specification of the management protocol (CMIP) defines
 
  a peer protocol relationship that makes no assumptions concerning
 
  which end opens or closes a connection, or the direction of
 
  management data transfer.  The protocol mechanisms provided are fully
 
  symmetric between the manager and the agent; CMIS operations can
 
  originate at either the manager or agent, as far as the protocol is
 
  concerned.  This allows the possibility of symmetric as well as
 
  asymmetric relationships between management processes.  Most devices
 
  will contain management applications that can only assume the agent
 
  role.  Applications on managing systems, however, may well be able to
 
  play both roles at the same time.  This makes possible "manager to
 
  manager" communication and the ability of one manager to manage
 
  another.
 
 
 
3.2.  Management Models
 
 
 
  Network management may be modeled in different ways.  Three models
 
  are typically used to describe OSI management [17, 18].  An
 
  organizational model describes ways in which management can be
 
  administratively distributed.  The functional model describes the
 
  management functions and their relationships.  The information model
 
  provides guidelines for describing managed objects and their
 
  associated management information.
 
 
 
3.2.1.  The Organizational Model
 
 
 
  The organizational model introduces the concept of a management
 
  "domain." A domain is an administrative partition of a network or
 
  internet for the purpose of network management.  Domains may be
 
  useful for reasons of scale, security, or administrative autonomy.
 
  Each domain may have one or more managers monitoring and controlling
 
  agents in that domain.  In addition, both managers and agents may
 
  belong to more than one management domain.  Domains allow the
 
  construction of both strict hierarchical and fully cooperative and
 
  distributed network management systems.
 
 
 
3.2.2.  The Functional Model
 
 
 
  The OSI Management Framework [15] defines five facilities or
 
  functional areas to meet specific management needs. This has proved
 
  to be a helpful way of partitioning the network management problem
 
  from an application point of view.  These facilities have come to be
 
  known as the Specific Management Functional Areas (SMFAs): fault
 
  management, configuration management, performance management,
 
  accounting management, and security management.  Fault management
 
  provides the ability to detect, isolate, and correct network
 
  problems.  Configuration management enables network managers to
 
  change the configuration of remote network elements.  Performance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 8]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
  management provides the facilities to monitor and evaluate the
 
  performance of the network.  Accounting management makes it possible
 
  to charge users for network resources used and to limit the use of
 
  those resources.  Finally, security management is concerned with
 
  managing access control, authentication, encryption, key management,
 
  and so on.
 
 
 
3.2.3.  The Information Model
 
 
 
  The OSI Management Framework considers all information relevant to
 
  network management to reside in a Management Information Base (MIB),
 
  which is a "conceptual repository of management information."
 
  Information within a system that can be referenced by the management
 
  protocol (CMIP) is considered to be part of the MIB.  Conventions for
 
  describing and uniquely identifying the MIB information allow
 
  specific MIB information to be referenced and operated on by the
 
  management protocol.  These conventions are called the Structure of
 
  Management Information (SMI).  The information model is described
 
  more fully in section 5.
 
 
 
3.3.  ISO Application Protocols
 
 
 
  The following ISO application services and protocols are necessary
 
  for doing network management using the OSI framework: ACSE, ROSE, and
 
  CMIS/CMIP.  All three of these protocols are defined using ASN.1 [5].
 
  The ASN.1 modules defining each of these protocols are found in the
 
  relevant standards documents.  The encoding rules for ASN.1 [6]
 
  provide a machine-independent network representation for data.
 
 
 
  A brief overview of the terminology associated with the OSI
 
  application layer structure is presented here.  A complete treatment
 
  of the subject can be found in the OSI Application Layer Structure
 
  document [22].
 
 
 
  In the OSI environment, communication between "application processes"
 
  is modeled by communication between application entities.  An
 
  "application entity" represents the communication functions of an
 
  application process.  There may be multiple sets of OSI communication
 
  functions in an application process, so a single application process
 
  may be represented by multiple application entities.  However, each
 
  application entity represents a single application process.  An
 
  application entity contains a set of communication capabilities
 
  called "application service elements." An application service element
 
  is a coherent set of integrated functions.  These application service
 
  elements may be used independently or in combination.  Examples of
 
  application service elements are X.400, FTAM, ACSE, ROSE, and CMISE.
 
 
 
  When communication is required between two application entities, one
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 9]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
  or more "application associations" are established between them.
 
  Such an association can be viewed as a connection at the level of the
 
  application layer.  An "application context" defines the set of
 
  application service elements which may be invoked by the user of an
 
  application association.  The application context may prescribe one
 
  or more application service elements.
 
 
 
  Generally, an "application layer protocol" is realized by the use of
 
  the functionality of a number of application service elements.  This
 
  functionality is provided by the specification of a set of
 
  application protocol data units (APDUs) and the procedures governing
 
  their use.  In general, the operation of an application layer
 
  protocol may require the combination of APDUs from different
 
  application service elements.  The application entity makes direct
 
  use of presentation context identifiers for the specification and
 
  identification of APDUs.
 
 
 
3.3.1.  ACSE
 
 
 
  The Association Control Service Element (ACSE) is used to establish
 
  and release associations between application entities. Before any
 
  management operations can be performed using CMIP, it is necessary
 
  for the two application entities involved to form an association.
 
  Either the manager or the agent can initiate association
 
  establishment.  ACSE allows the manager and agent to exchange
 
  application entity titles for the purpose of identification and
 
  application context names to establish an application context. As
 
  stated above, an application context defines what service elements
 
  (for instance, ROSE and CMISE) may be used over the association.
 
  After the association is established, ACSE is not used again until
 
  the association is released by the manager or agent.
 
 
 
3.3.2.  ROSE
 
 
 
  The Remote Operation Service Element (ROSE) is the ISO equivalent of
 
  remote procedure call.  ROSE allows the invocation of an operation to
 
  be performed on a remote system.  The Remote Operation protocol
 
  contains an invoke identifier for correlating requests and responses,
 
  an operation code, and an argument field for parameters specific to
 
  the operation.  ROSE can only be invoked once an application
 
  association has been established.  CMIP uses the transaction-oriented
 
  services provided by ROSE for all its requests and responses.  CMIP
 
  also uses the error response facilities provided by ROSE.
 
 
 
3.3.3.  CMISE
 
 
 
  The Common Management Information Service Element (CMISE) is the
 
  service element that provides the basic management services.  The
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 10]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
  CMISE is a user of both ROSE and ACSE.  The CMISE provides both
 
  confirmed and unconfirmed services for reporting events and
 
  retrieving and manipulating management data. These services are used
 
  by manager and agent application entities to exchange management
 
  information.  Table 1 provides a list of the CMISE services.  In
 
  addition, the CMISE also provides the ability to issue a series of
 
  (multiple) linked replies in response to a single request.
 
 
 
 
 
          +-----------------+-------------------------+
 
          |    Service      |    Type                |
 
          +-----------------+-------------------------+
 
          |  M-INITIALISE  | confirmed              |
 
          |  M-TERMINATE    | confirmed              |
 
          |  M-ABORT        | non-confirmed          |
 
          |  M-EVENT-REPORT | confirmed/non-confirmed |
 
          |  M-GET          | confirmed              |
 
          |  M-SET          | confirmed/non-confirmed |
 
          |  M-ACTION      | confirmed/non-confirmed |
 
          |  M-CREATE      | confirmed              |
 
          |  M-DELETE      | confirmed              |
 
          +-----------------+-------------------------+
 
 
 
                Table 1.  CMISE Service Summary
 
 
 
 
 
  CMIS services can be divided into two main classes: management
 
  association services and information transfer services.  Furthermore,
 
  there are two types of information transfer services: management
 
  notification services and management operation services.  In addition
 
  to the other CMIS services, the CMISE provides facilities that enable
 
  multiple responses to confirmed operations to be linked to the
 
  operation by the use of a linked identification parameter.
 
  
3.3.3.1.  Management Association Services
+
                    Table of Contents
  
  CMIS provides services for the establishment and release of
+
== Status of this Memo ==
  application associations.  These services control the establishment
 
  and normal and abnormal release of a management association. These
 
  services are simply pass-throughs to ACSE.
 
  
  The M-INITIALISE service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to
+
This memo defines a network management architecture that uses the
  establish an association with a remote CMISE-service-user for the
+
International Organization for Standardization's (ISO) Common
  purpose of exchanging management information. A reply is expected.
+
Management Information Services/Common Management Information
  (A CMISE-service-user is that part of an application process that
+
Protocol (CMIS/CMIP) in a TCP/IP environment.  This architecture
  makes use of the CMISE.)
+
provides a means by which control and monitoring information can be
 +
exchanged between a manager and a remote network element.  In
 +
particular, this memo defines the means for implementing the Draft
 +
International Standard (DIS) version of CMIS/CMIP on top of Internet
 +
transport protocols for the purpose of carrying management
 +
information defined in the Internet-standard management information
 +
base. DIS CMIS/CMIP is suitable for deployment in TCP/IP networks
 +
while CMIS/CMIP moves toward becoming an International Standard.
 +
Together with the relevant ISO standards and the companion RFCs that
 +
describe the initial structure of management information and
 +
management information base, these documents provide the basis for a
 +
comprehensive architecture and system for managing TCP/IP-based
 +
internets, and in particular the Internet.
  
  The M-TERMINATE service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to release
+
The Internet Activities Board (IAB) has designated two different
 +
network management protocols with the same status of "Draft Standard"
 +
and "Recommended".
  
 +
The two protocols are the Common Management Information Services and
 +
Protocol over TCP/IP (CMOT) (this memo) and the Simple Network
 +
Management Protocol (SNMP) [4].
  
 +
The IAB intends each of these two protocols to receive the attention
 +
of implementers and experimenters.  The IAB seeks reports of
 +
experience with these two protocols from system builders and users.
  
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 11]
+
By this action, the IAB recommends that all IP and TCP
 +
implementations be network manageable (e.g., implement the Internet
 +
MIB [3], and that implementations that are network manageable are
 +
expected to adopt and implement at least one of these two Internet
 +
Draft Standards.
  
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
Distribution of this memo is unlimited.
  
 +
== Introduction ==
  
  an association with a remote CMISE-service-user in an orderly manner.
+
As reported in [[RFC1052|RFC 1052]], "IAB Recommendations for the Development of
  A reply is expected.
+
Internet Network Management Standards" [1], the Internet Activities
 +
Board (IAB) has directed the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF)
 +
to coordinate the work of three working groups in the area of network
 +
management. First, the MIB working group was charged with the
 +
specification and definition of elements to be included in the
 +
Management Information Base (MIB).  Second, the SNMP working group
 +
was charged with defining the modifications to the Simple Network
 +
Management Protocol (SNMP) necessary to accommodate the short-term
 +
needs of the network vendor and operations communities.  Third, the
 +
Netman working group was directed to meet the longer-term needs of
 +
the Internet community by developing a network management system
 +
based on ISO CMIS/CMIP.  Both the Netman working group and the SNMP
 +
working group were directed to align their work with the output of
 +
the MIB working group in order to ensure compatibility of management
 +
information between the short-term and long-term approaches to the
 +
management of TCP/IP-based internets. This will enable a smooth
 +
transition from the short-term protocol (SNMP) to the long-term
 +
protocol (CMIP).
  
  The M-ABORT service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user or a CMISE-
+
The MIB working group has produced two memos.  [[RFC1065|RFC 1065]] [2] defines
  service-provider to release an association with a remote CMISE-
+
the Structure of Management Information (SMI) that is necessary for
  service-user in an abrupt manner.
+
naming and defining managed objects in the MIB.  [[RFC1066|RFC 1066]] [3] defines
 +
the list of managed objects contained in the initial TCP/IP MIB.  The
 +
SNMP working group has produced a memo [4] giving the protocol
 +
specification for SNMP and providing the SNMP protocol-specific
 +
interpretation of the Internet-standard MIB defined in [[RFC1066|RFC 1066]].
  
3.3.3.2Management Notification Services
+
This memo is the output of the Netman working group. As directed by
 +
the IAB in [[RFC1052|RFC 1052]], it addresses the need for a long-term network
 +
management system based on ISO CMIS/CMIP. The network management
 +
approach of using ISO protocols in a TCP/IP environment to manage
 +
TCP/IP networks can be described as "CMIP Over TCP/IP" (CMOT)This
 +
memo specifies the CMOT architecture and the protocol agreements
  
  The definition of notification and the consequent behavior of the
+
necessary to implement CMIP and accompanying ISO protocols over the
  communicating entities is dependent upon the specification of the
+
TCP and UDP transport protocolsIn addition, this memo provides an
  managed object which generated the notification and is outside the
+
interpretation of [[RFC1066|RFC 1066]] that makes it possible to use CMIP to
  scope of CMISCMIS provides the following service to convey
+
convey management information defined in the Internet-standard MIB.
  management information applicable to notifications.
 
  
  The M-EVENT-REPORT service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to
+
There is widespread vendor support for the CMOT approach to network
  report an event about a managed object to a remote CMISE-service-
+
management.  This is amply shown by the Netman demonstration of
  user.  The service may be requested in a confirmed or a non-confirmed
+
prototype CMOT implementations at the Interop '88 TCP/IP
  modeIn the confirmed mode, a reply is expected.
+
Interoperability Conference.  The demonstration also showed the
 +
feasibility and power of the CMIS/CMIP framework for multivendor
 +
network management.  Now that CMIS/CMIP has been voted a Draft
 +
International Standard (DIS), many vendors feel that the ISO standard
 +
has become a stable basis for product developmentThe clear need to
 +
standardize this development has led to the present profile of CMIP.
 +
It is expected that this profile will not change while the ISO
 +
standard moves from DIS status to International Standard (IS) status.
 +
If, however, the standard does change unexpectedly, the Netman
 +
working group will review such changes for appropriate action.
  
3.3.3.3. Management Operation Services
+
Another rationale for the CMOT approach is that it will facilitate
 +
the early use of ISO network management standards in large
 +
operational networks. This will make it possible for the Internet
 +
community to make valuable recommendations to ISO in the language of
 +
OSI management based on actual experience with the use and
 +
implementation of these standards. There is continuing network
 +
management standards development work in ISO where such contributions
 +
would be valuable.
  
  The definition of the operation and the consequent behavior of the
+
The CMOT architecture is based on the Open Systems Interconnection
  communicating entities is dependent upon the specification of the
+
(OSI) management framework and models developed by ISO.  This memo
  managed object at which the operation is directed and is outside the
+
contains a set of protocol agreements for implementing a network
  scope of CMISHowever, certain operations are used frequently
+
management system based on this architecture. The protocol agreement
  within the scope of management and CMIS provides the following
+
sections of this memo must be read in conjunction with ISO and
  definitions of the common services that may be used to convey
+
Internet documents defining specific protocol standards.  Documents
  management information applicable to the operations.
+
defining the following ISO standards are required for the
 +
implementor: Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) [5, 6], Association
 +
Control (ACSE) [7, 8], Remote Operations (ROSE) [9, 10], Common
 +
Management Information Services (CMIS) [11], and Common Management
 +
Information Protocol (CMIP) [12].  [[RFC1085|RFC 1085]] [13] is required for the
 +
specification of a lightweight presentation layer protocol used in
 +
this profileIn addition, [[RFC1065|RFC 1065]] [2] and [[RFC1066|RFC 1066]] [3] are
 +
required for a definition of the initial SMI and MIB to be used with
 +
the CMOT management system.
  
  The M-GET service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to request the
+
This memo is divided into two main parts.  The first part presents
  retrieval of management information from a remote CMISE-service-user.
+
concepts and models; the second part contains the protocol agreements
  The service may only be requested in a confirmed mode.  A reply is
+
necessary for implementation of the CMOT network management system.
  expected.
+
The first part of the memo is divided into three sections: section 3
  
  The M-SET service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to request the
+
contains tutorial information on the OSI management framework;
  modification of management information by a remote CMISE-service-
+
section 4 defines the basic CMOT approach; and section 5 discusses
  user.  The service may be requested in a confirmed or a non-confirmed
+
the area of management information and specifies how the abstract
  mode. In the confirmed mode, a reply is expected.
+
management information defined in the Internet-standard SMI and MIB
 +
map into CMIP.  The second part of this memo is divided into sections
 +
for each of the protocols for which implementors' agreements are
 +
needed: CMISE, ACSE, ROSE, and the lightweight presentation protocol.
 +
The protocol profile defined in this part draws on the technical work
 +
of the OSI Network Management Forum [14] and the Network Management
 +
Special Interest Group (NMSIG) of the National Institute of Standards
 +
and Technology (NIST) (formerly the National Bureau of Standards).
 +
Wherever possible, an attempt has been made to remain consistent with
 +
the protocol agreements reached by these groups.
  
  The M-ACTION service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to request a
+
                    Part I: Concepts and Models
  remote CMISE-service-user to perform an action.  The service may be
 
  requested in a confirmed or a non-confirmed mode.  In the confirmed
 
    mode, a reply is expected.
 
  
  The M-CREATE service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to request a
+
== The OSI Management Framework ==
  remote CMISE-service-user to create another instance of a managed
 
  object.  The service may only be requested in a confirmed mode.  A
 
  
 +
The OSI management framework [15] presents the basic concepts and
 +
models required for developing network management standards.  OSI
 +
management provides the ability to monitor and control network
 +
resources, which are represented as "managed objects." The following
 +
elements are essential for the description of a network management
 +
architecture and the standardization of a network management system:
 +
a model or set of models for understanding management; a common
 +
structure of management information for registering, identifying, and
 +
defining managed objects; detailed specifications of the managed
 +
objects; and a set of services and related protocols for performing
 +
remote management operations.
  
 +
=== Architectural Overview ===
  
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 12]
+
The basic concepts underlying OSI network management are quite simple
 +
[16].  There reside application processes called "managers" on
 +
managing systems (or management stations).  There reside application
 +
processes called "agents" on managed systems (or network elements
 +
being managed).  Network management occurs when managers and agents
 +
conspire (via protocols and a shared conceptual schema) to exchange
 +
monitoring and control information useful to the management of a
 +
network and its components.  The terms "manager" and "agent" are also
 +
used in a loose and popular sense to refer to the managing and
 +
managed system, respectively.
  
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
The shared conceptual schema mentioned above is a priori knowledge
 +
about "managed objects" concerning which information is exchanged.
 +
Managed objects are system and networking resources (e.g., a modem, a
 +
protocol entity, an IP routing table, a TCP connection) that are
 +
subject to management. Management activities are effected through the
 +
manipulation of managed objects in the managed systems.  Using the
 +
management services and protocol, the manager can direct the agent to
 +
perform an operation on a managed object for which it is responsible.
 +
Such operations might be to return certain values associated with a
 +
managed object (read a variable), to change certain values associated
 +
with a managed object (set a variable), or perform an action (such as
 +
self-test) on the managed object.  In addition, the agent may also
 +
forward notifications generated asynchronously by managed objects to
 +
the manager (events or traps).
  
 +
The terms "manager" and "agent" are used to denote the asymmetric
 +
relationship between management application processes in which the
 +
manager plays the superior role and the agent plays the subordinate.
  
  reply is expected.
+
However, the specification of the management protocol (CMIP) defines
 +
a peer protocol relationship that makes no assumptions concerning
 +
which end opens or closes a connection, or the direction of
 +
management data transfer.  The protocol mechanisms provided are fully
 +
symmetric between the manager and the agent; CMIS operations can
 +
originate at either the manager or agent, as far as the protocol is
 +
concerned.  This allows the possibility of symmetric as well as
 +
asymmetric relationships between management processes.  Most devices
 +
will contain management applications that can only assume the agent
 +
role.  Applications on managing systems, however, may well be able to
 +
play both roles at the same time.  This makes possible "manager to
 +
manager" communication and the ability of one manager to manage
 +
another.
  
  The M-DELETE service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to request a
+
=== Management Models ===
  remote CMISE-service-user to delete an instance of a managed object.
 
  The service may only be requested in a confirmed mode.  A reply is
 
  expected.
 
  
4.  The CMOT Architecture
+
Network management may be modeled in different ways.  Three models
 +
are typically used to describe OSI management [17, 18].  An
 +
organizational model describes ways in which management can be
 +
administratively distributed.  The functional model describes the
 +
management functions and their relationships.  The information model
 +
provides guidelines for describing managed objects and their
 +
associated management information.
  
  The CMOT (CMIP Over TCP/IP) architecture is based on the OSI
+
==== The Organizational Model ====
  management framework [15] and the models, services, and protocols
 
  developed by ISO for network management.  The CMOT architecture
 
  demonstrates how the OSI management framework can be applied to a
 
  TCP/IP environment and used to manage objects in a TCP/IP network.
 
  The use of ISO protocols for the management of widely deployed TCP/IP
 
  networks will facilitate the ultimate migration from TCP/IP to ISO
 
  protocols.  The concept of proxy management is introduced as a useful
 
  extension to the architecture.  Proxy management provides the ability
 
  to manage network elements that either are not addressable by means
 
  of an Internet address or use a network management protocol other
 
  than CMIP.
 
  
  The CMOT architecture specifies all the essential components of a
+
The organizational model introduces the concept of a management
  network management architecture.  The OSI management framework and
+
"domain." A domain is an administrative partition of a network or
  models are used as the foundation for network management.  A
+
internet for the purpose of network management.  Domains may be
  protocol-dependent interpretation of the Internet SMI [2] is used for
+
useful for reasons of scale, security, or administrative autonomy.
  defining management information.  The Internet MIB [3] provides an
+
Each domain may have one or more managers monitoring and controlling
  initial list of managed objectsFinally, a means is defined for
+
agents in that domainIn addition, both managers and agents may
  using ISO management services and protocols on top of TCP/IP
+
belong to more than one management domainDomains allow the
  transport protocolsManagement applications themselves are not
+
construction of both strict hierarchical and fully cooperative and
  included within the scope of the CMOT architecture.  What is
+
distributed network management systems.
  currently standardized in this architecture is the minimum required
 
  for building an interoperable multivendor network management system.
 
  Applications are explicitly left as a competitive issue for network
 
  developers and providers.
 
  
4.1.  Management Models
+
==== The Functional Model ====
  
  The following sections indicate how the CMOT architecture applies the
+
The OSI Management Framework [15] defines five facilities or
  OSI managements models and point out any limitations the CMOT
+
functional areas to meet specific management needs. This has proved
  architecture has as it is currently defined in this memo.
+
to be a helpful way of partitioning the network management problem
 +
from an application point of view.  These facilities have come to be
 +
known as the Specific Management Functional Areas (SMFAs): fault
 +
management, configuration management, performance management,
 +
accounting management, and security management.  Fault management
 +
provides the ability to detect, isolate, and correct network
 +
problems.  Configuration management enables network managers to
 +
change the configuration of remote network elements. Performance
  
4.1.1. The Organizational Model
+
management provides the facilities to monitor and evaluate the
 +
performance of the network. Accounting management makes it possible
 +
to charge users for network resources used and to limit the use of
 +
those resources. Finally, security management is concerned with
 +
managing access control, authentication, encryption, key management,
 +
and so on.
  
  It is beyond the scope of this memo to define the relations and
+
==== The Information Model ====
  interactions between different management domains.  The current CMOT
 
  architecture concerns itself only with the operations and
 
  characteristics of a single domain of management.  The extension of
 
  
 +
The OSI Management Framework considers all information relevant to
 +
network management to reside in a Management Information Base (MIB),
 +
which is a "conceptual repository of management information."
 +
Information within a system that can be referenced by the management
 +
protocol (CMIP) is considered to be part of the MIB.  Conventions for
 +
describing and uniquely identifying the MIB information allow
 +
specific MIB information to be referenced and operated on by the
 +
management protocol.  These conventions are called the Structure of
 +
Management Information (SMI).  The information model is described
 +
more fully in section 5.
  
 +
=== ISO Application Protocols ===
  
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 13]
+
The following ISO application services and protocols are necessary
 +
for doing network management using the OSI framework: ACSE, ROSE, and
 +
CMIS/CMIP.  All three of these protocols are defined using ASN.1 [5].
 +
The ASN.1 modules defining each of these protocols are found in the
 +
relevant standards documents.  The encoding rules for ASN.1 [6]
 +
provide a machine-independent network representation for data.
  
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
A brief overview of the terminology associated with the OSI
 +
application layer structure is presented here.  A complete treatment
 +
of the subject can be found in the OSI Application Layer Structure
 +
document [22].
  
 +
In the OSI environment, communication between "application processes"
 +
is modeled by communication between application entities.  An
 +
"application entity" represents the communication functions of an
 +
application process.  There may be multiple sets of OSI communication
 +
functions in an application process, so a single application process
 +
may be represented by multiple application entities.  However, each
 +
application entity represents a single application process.  An
 +
application entity contains a set of communication capabilities
 +
called "application service elements." An application service element
 +
is a coherent set of integrated functions.  These application service
 +
elements may be used independently or in combination.  Examples of
 +
application service elements are X.400, FTAM, ACSE, ROSE, and CMISE.
  
  the mechanisms defined here to include multiple domains is left for
+
When communication is required between two application entities, one
  further study.
 
  
4.1.2.  The Functional Model
+
or more "application associations" are established between them.
 +
Such an association can be viewed as a connection at the level of the
 +
application layer. An "application context" defines the set of
 +
application service elements which may be invoked by the user of an
 +
application association.  The application context may prescribe one
 +
or more application service elements.
  
  The CMOT architecture provides the foundation for carrying out
+
Generally, an "application layer protocol" is realized by the use of
  management in the five functional areas (fault, configuration,
+
the functionality of a number of application service elements.  This
  performance, accounting, and security), but does not address
+
functionality is provided by the specification of a set of
  specifically how any of these types of management are accomplished.
+
application protocol data units (APDUs) and the procedures governing
  It is anticipated that most functional requirements can be satisfied
+
their use.  In general, the operation of an application layer
  by CMIS.  The greatest impact of the functional requirements in the
+
protocol may require the combination of APDUs from different
  various areas will likely be on the definition of managed objects.
+
application service elements.  The application entity makes direct
 +
use of presentation context identifiers for the specification and
 +
identification of APDUs.
  
4.1.3.  The Information Model
+
==== ACSE ====
  
  There are two different SMI specifications that are important to the
+
The Association Control Service Element (ACSE) is used to establish
  CMOT architecture. The first is the SMI currently being defined by
+
and release associations between application entities. Before any
  ISO [19].  This SMI is important to the CMOT approach because the ISO
+
management operations can be performed using CMIP, it is necessary
  management protocol CMIP has been designed with the ISO model of
+
for the two application entities involved to form an association.
  management information in mindThe second SMI of importance is the
+
Either the manager or the agent can initiate association
  that defined by the IETF MIB working group for use in defining the
+
establishmentACSE allows the manager and agent to exchange
  Internet MIB [3]. This Internet SMI, which is loosely based on a
+
application entity titles for the purpose of identification and
  simplified version of the ISO SMI, is important because the managed
+
application context names to establish an application context. As
  objects defined for TCP/IP networks to be used by CMOT are defined in
+
stated above, an application context defines what service elements
  terms of it.  Thus, in order to make the CMOT architecture complete,
+
(for instance, ROSE and CMISE) may be used over the association.
  it will be necessary to show how the Internet SMI maps into CMIP in
+
After the association is established, ACSE is not used again until
  such a way as to enable it to convey the management information
+
the association is released by the manager or agent.
  defined in the Internet MIB.  This is done in the section devoted to
 
  management information (section 5).
 
  
4.2.  Protocol Architecture
+
==== ROSE ====
  
  The objective of the CMOT protocol architecture is to map the OSI
+
The Remote Operation Service Element (ROSE) is the ISO equivalent of
  management protocol architecture into the TCP/IP environmentThe
+
remote procedure callROSE allows the invocation of an operation to
  model presented here follows the OSI model at the application layer,
+
be performed on a remote system.  The Remote Operation protocol
  while using Internet protocols at the transport layer.  The ISO
+
contains an invoke identifier for correlating requests and responses,
  application protocols used for network management are ACSE, ROSE, and
+
an operation code, and an argument field for parameters specific to
  CMIPInstead of implementing these protocols on top of the ISO
+
the operation.  ROSE can only be invoked once an application
  presentation, session, and transport layer protocols, the protocol
+
association has been establishedCMIP uses the transaction-oriented
  data units (PDUs) for ACSE, ROSE, and CMIP are carried using the
+
services provided by ROSE for all its requests and responsesCMIP
  Internet transport protocols UDP [20] and TCP [21]This is made
+
also uses the error response facilities provided by ROSE.
  possible by means of the lightweight presentation protocol defined in
 
  RFC 1085 [13] that maps ROSE and ACSE onto TCP/UDP/IPThe use of
 
  Internet transport protocols is transparent to network management
 
  applications, since they are presented with real ISO services.
 
  
 +
==== CMISE ====
  
 +
The Common Management Information Service Element (CMISE) is the
 +
service element that provides the basic management services.  The
  
 +
CMISE is a user of both ROSE and ACSE.  The CMISE provides both
 +
confirmed and unconfirmed services for reporting events and
 +
retrieving and manipulating management data. These services are used
 +
by manager and agent application entities to exchange management
 +
information.  Table 1 provides a list of the CMISE services.  In
 +
addition, the CMISE also provides the ability to issue a series of
 +
(multiple) linked replies in response to a single request.
  
 +
        +-----------------+-------------------------+
 +
        |    Service      |    Type                |
 +
        +-----------------+-------------------------+
 +
        |  M-INITIALISE  | confirmed              |
 +
        |  M-TERMINATE    | confirmed              |
 +
        |  M-ABORT        | non-confirmed          |
 +
        |  M-EVENT-REPORT | confirmed/non-confirmed |
 +
        |  M-GET          | confirmed              |
 +
        |  M-SET          | confirmed/non-confirmed |
 +
        |  M-ACTION      | confirmed/non-confirmed |
 +
        |  M-CREATE      | confirmed              |
 +
        |  M-DELETE      | confirmed              |
 +
        +-----------------+-------------------------+
  
 +
            Table 1.  CMISE Service Summary
  
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 14]
+
CMIS services can be divided into two main classes: management
 +
association services and information transfer services.  Furthermore,
 +
there are two types of information transfer services: management
 +
notification services and management operation services.  In addition
 +
to the other CMIS services, the CMISE provides facilities that enable
 +
multiple responses to confirmed operations to be linked to the
 +
operation by the use of a linked identification parameter.
  
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
===== Management Association Services =====
  
 +
CMIS provides services for the establishment and release of
 +
application associations.  These services control the establishment
 +
and normal and abnormal release of a management association. These
 +
services are simply pass-throughs to ACSE.
  
4.2.1. The Lightweight Presentation Layer
+
The M-INITIALISE service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to
 +
establish an association with a remote CMISE-service-user for the
 +
purpose of exchanging management information. A reply is expected.
 +
(A CMISE-service-user is that part of an application process that
 +
makes use of the CMISE.)
  
  Given that it is desired to put ISO application protocols on top of
+
The M-TERMINATE service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to release
  TCP/IP, how is this best accomplished?  It is necessary somehow to
 
  fill the "gap" between the ISO protocols (ACSE and ROSE) and the
 
  Internet protocols (UDP and TCP).  Two basic approaches were
 
  considered.
 
  
  One possible approach [23] is to extend the ISO portion of the
+
an association with a remote CMISE-service-user in an orderly manner.
  protocol stack down to the transport layer.  The ISO Transport
+
A reply is expected.
  Protocol Class 0 (TP 0) then uses TCP instead of an ISO network
 
  protocol.  Effectively, this treats TCP as a reliable network
 
  connection analogous to X.25.  This approach allows us to operate
 
  "standard" ISO applications over TCP regardless of their service
 
  requirements, since all ISO services are provided.  In this case,
 
  network management is just another such application. The major
 
  drawback with this approach is that full ISO presentation, session,
 
  and transport layers are expensive to implement (both in terms of
 
  processing time and memory).
 
  
  Another approach is presented in RFC 1085.  Since the service
+
The M-ABORT service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user or a CMISE-
  elements required for network management (ACSE, ROSE, CMISE) do not
+
service-provider to release an association with a remote CMISE-
  require the use of full ISO presentation layer services, it is
+
service-user in an abrupt manner.
  possible to define a "streamlined" presentation layer that provides
 
  only the services required.  This lightweight presentation protocol
 
  (LPP) allows the use of ISO presentation services over both TCP and
 
  UDP.  This approach eliminates the necessity of implementing ISO
 
  presentation, session, and transport protocols for the sake of doing
 
  ISO network management in a TCP/IP environment.  This minimal
 
  approach is justified because this non-ISO presentation protocol used
 
  is very small and very simple.  Thus, the LPP defined in RFC 1085
 
  provides a compact and easy to implement solution to the problem.
 
  The resulting CMOT protocol stack is shown in Figure 1.
 
  
 +
===== Management Notification Services =====
  
 +
The definition of notification and the consequent behavior of the
 +
communicating entities is dependent upon the specification of the
 +
managed object which generated the notification and is outside the
 +
scope of CMIS.  CMIS provides the following service to convey
 +
management information applicable to notifications.
  
 +
The M-EVENT-REPORT service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to
 +
report an event about a managed object to a remote CMISE-service-
 +
user.  The service may be requested in a confirmed or a non-confirmed
 +
mode.  In the confirmed mode, a reply is expected.
  
 +
===== Management Operation Services =====
  
 +
The definition of the operation and the consequent behavior of the
 +
communicating entities is dependent upon the specification of the
 +
managed object at which the operation is directed and is outside the
 +
scope of CMIS.  However, certain operations are used frequently
 +
within the scope of management and CMIS provides the following
 +
definitions of the common services that may be used to convey
 +
management information applicable to the operations.
  
 +
The M-GET service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to request the
 +
retrieval of management information from a remote CMISE-service-user.
 +
The service may only be requested in a confirmed mode.  A reply is
 +
expected.
  
 +
The M-SET service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to request the
 +
modification of management information by a remote CMISE-service-
 +
user.  The service may be requested in a confirmed or a non-confirmed
 +
mode.  In the confirmed mode, a reply is expected.
  
 +
The M-ACTION service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to request a
 +
remote CMISE-service-user to perform an action.  The service may be
 +
requested in a confirmed or a non-confirmed mode.  In the confirmed
 +
mode, a reply is expected.
  
 +
The M-CREATE service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to request a
 +
remote CMISE-service-user to create another instance of a managed
 +
object.  The service may only be requested in a confirmed mode.  A
  
 +
reply is expected.
  
 +
The M-DELETE service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to request a
 +
remote CMISE-service-user to delete an instance of a managed object.
 +
The service may only be requested in a confirmed mode.  A reply is
 +
expected.
  
 +
== The CMOT Architecture ==
  
 +
The CMOT (CMIP Over TCP/IP) architecture is based on the OSI
 +
management framework [15] and the models, services, and protocols
 +
developed by ISO for network management.  The CMOT architecture
 +
demonstrates how the OSI management framework can be applied to a
 +
TCP/IP environment and used to manage objects in a TCP/IP network.
 +
The use of ISO protocols for the management of widely deployed TCP/IP
 +
networks will facilitate the ultimate migration from TCP/IP to ISO
 +
protocols.  The concept of proxy management is introduced as a useful
 +
extension to the architecture.  Proxy management provides the ability
 +
to manage network elements that either are not addressable by means
 +
of an Internet address or use a network management protocol other
 +
than CMIP.
  
 +
The CMOT architecture specifies all the essential components of a
 +
network management architecture.  The OSI management framework and
 +
models are used as the foundation for network management.  A
 +
protocol-dependent interpretation of the Internet SMI [2] is used for
 +
defining management information.  The Internet MIB [3] provides an
 +
initial list of managed objects.  Finally, a means is defined for
 +
using ISO management services and protocols on top of TCP/IP
 +
transport protocols.  Management applications themselves are not
 +
included within the scope of the CMOT architecture.  What is
 +
currently standardized in this architecture is the minimum required
 +
for building an interoperable multivendor network management system.
 +
Applications are explicitly left as a competitive issue for network
 +
developers and providers.
  
 +
=== Management Models ===
  
 +
The following sections indicate how the CMOT architecture applies the
 +
OSI managements models and point out any limitations the CMOT
 +
architecture has as it is currently defined in this memo.
  
 +
==== The Organizational Model ====
  
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 15]
+
It is beyond the scope of this memo to define the relations and
 +
interactions between different management domains.  The current CMOT
 +
architecture concerns itself only with the operations and
 +
characteristics of a single domain of management.  The extension of
  
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
the mechanisms defined here to include multiple domains is left for
 +
further study.
  
 +
==== The Functional Model ====
  
                  Manager                              Agent
+
The CMOT architecture provides the foundation for carrying out
          +-----------------------+          +-----------------------+
+
management in the five functional areas (fault, configuration,
          |                      |          |                      |
+
performance, accounting, and security), but does not address
          | +----+ +----+ +-----+ | <-------> | +----+ +----+ +-----+ |
+
specifically how any of these types of management are accomplished.
          | |ACSE| |ROSE| |CMISE| |    CMIP  | |ACSE| |ROSE| |CMISE| |
+
It is anticipated that most functional requirements can be satisfied
          | +----+ +----+ +-----+ |          | +----+ +----+ +-----+ |
+
by CMIS.  The greatest impact of the functional requirements in the
          |                      |          |                      |
+
various areas will likely be on the definition of managed objects.
          +-----------------------+          +-----------------------+
 
          |        LPP          |          |        LPP          |
 
          +-----------------------+          +-----------------------+
 
          |  TCP    |    UDP    |          |  TCP    |  UDP      |
 
          +-----------------------+          +-----------------------+
 
          |        IP            |          |        IP            |
 
          +-----------------------+          +-----------------------+
 
          |        Link          |          |        Link          |
 
          +-----------------------+          +-----------------------+
 
                      |                                  |
 
                      |                                  |
 
                      |                                  |
 
          =========================================================
 
                                  Network
 
          =========================================================
 
  
                    Figure 1.  The CMOT Protocol Architecture
+
==== The Information Model ====
  
 +
There are two different SMI specifications that are important to the
 +
CMOT architecture. The first is the SMI currently being defined by
 +
ISO [19].  This SMI is important to the CMOT approach because the ISO
 +
management protocol CMIP has been designed with the ISO model of
 +
management information in mind.  The second SMI of importance is the
 +
that defined by the IETF MIB working group for use in defining the
 +
Internet MIB [3].  This Internet SMI, which is loosely based on a
 +
simplified version of the ISO SMI, is important because the managed
 +
objects defined for TCP/IP networks to be used by CMOT are defined in
 +
terms of it.  Thus, in order to make the CMOT architecture complete,
 +
it will be necessary to show how the Internet SMI maps into CMIP in
 +
such a way as to enable it to convey the management information
 +
defined in the Internet MIB.  This is done in the section devoted to
 +
management information (section 5).
  
  It is important to note that the presentation services provided by
+
=== Protocol Architecture ===
  the LPP are "real" (but minimal) ISO presentation services [24].
 
  This provides a clear migration path to "full ISO" in the future.
 
  Such a migration would be accomplished by substituting ISO protocols
 
  for the Internet protocols TCP, UDP, and IP [25], and replacing the
 
  LPP with ISO presentation and session protocols.  No changes will be
 
  required in the ISO application layer protocols.  For this reason,
 
  investments in application development will be well preserved.
 
  
4.2.2.  The Quality of Transport Service
+
The objective of the CMOT protocol architecture is to map the OSI
 +
management protocol architecture into the TCP/IP environment.  The
 +
model presented here follows the OSI model at the application layer,
 +
while using Internet protocols at the transport layer.  The ISO
 +
application protocols used for network management are ACSE, ROSE, and
 +
CMIP. Instead of implementing these protocols on top of the ISO
 +
presentation, session, and transport layer protocols, the protocol
 +
data units (PDUs) for ACSE, ROSE, and CMIP are carried using the
 +
Internet transport protocols UDP [20] and TCP [21]. This is made
 +
possible by means of the lightweight presentation protocol defined in
 +
[[RFC1085|RFC 1085]] [13] that maps ROSE and ACSE onto TCP/UDP/IP.  The use of
 +
Internet transport protocols is transparent to network management
 +
applications, since they are presented with real ISO services.
  
  The quality of transport service needed for network management
+
==== The Lightweight Presentation Layer ====
  applications is an issue that has caused much controversy, yet it has
 
  never been resolved.  There are two basic approaches: datagram-
 
  oriented and connection-oriented.  There are advantages and
 
  disadvantages to both of these two approaches. While the datagram-
 
  oriented approach is simple, requires minimal code space, and can
 
  operate under conditions where connections may not be possible, the
 
  connection-oriented approach offers data reliability and provides
 
  guaranteed and consistent service to the driving application.
 
  
  This memo does not take sides on this issueRather it passes such
+
Given that it is desired to put ISO application protocols on top of
 +
TCP/IP, how is this best accomplished?  It is necessary somehow to
 +
fill the "gap" between the ISO protocols (ACSE and ROSE) and the
 +
Internet protocols (UDP and TCP)Two basic approaches were
 +
considered.
  
 +
One possible approach [23] is to extend the ISO portion of the
 +
protocol stack down to the transport layer.  The ISO Transport
 +
Protocol Class 0 (TP 0) then uses TCP instead of an ISO network
 +
protocol.  Effectively, this treats TCP as a reliable network
 +
connection analogous to X.25.  This approach allows us to operate
 +
"standard" ISO applications over TCP regardless of their service
 +
requirements, since all ISO services are provided.  In this case,
 +
network management is just another such application.  The major
 +
drawback with this approach is that full ISO presentation, session,
 +
and transport layers are expensive to implement (both in terms of
 +
processing time and memory).
  
 +
Another approach is presented in [[RFC1085|RFC 1085]].  Since the service
 +
elements required for network management (ACSE, ROSE, CMISE) do not
 +
require the use of full ISO presentation layer services, it is
 +
possible to define a "streamlined" presentation layer that provides
 +
only the services required.  This lightweight presentation protocol
 +
(LPP) allows the use of ISO presentation services over both TCP and
 +
UDP.  This approach eliminates the necessity of implementing ISO
 +
presentation, session, and transport protocols for the sake of doing
 +
ISO network management in a TCP/IP environment.  This minimal
 +
approach is justified because this non-ISO presentation protocol used
 +
is very small and very simple.  Thus, the LPP defined in [[RFC1085|RFC 1085]]
 +
provides a compact and easy to implement solution to the problem.
 +
The resulting CMOT protocol stack is shown in Figure 1.
  
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 16]
+
                Manager                              Agent
 +
        +-----------------------+          +-----------------------+
 +
        |                      |          |                      |
 +
        | +----+ +----+ +-----+ | <-------> | +----+ +----+ +-----+ |
 +
        | |ACSE| |ROSE| |CMISE| |    CMIP  | |ACSE| |ROSE| |CMISE| |
 +
        | +----+ +----+ +-----+ |          | +----+ +----+ +-----+ |
 +
        |                      |          |                      |
 +
        +-----------------------+          +-----------------------+
 +
        |        LPP          |          |        LPP          |
 +
        +-----------------------+          +-----------------------+
 +
        |  TCP    |    UDP    |          |  TCP    |  UDP      |
 +
        +-----------------------+          +-----------------------+
 +
        |        IP            |          |        IP            |
 +
        +-----------------------+          +-----------------------+
 +
        |        Link          |          |        Link          |
 +
        +-----------------------+          +-----------------------+
 +
                  |                                  |
 +
                  |                                  |
 +
                  |                                  |
 +
        =========================================================
 +
                              Network
 +
        =========================================================
  
RFC 1095                          CMOT                       April 1989
+
                  Figure 1.  The CMOT Protocol Architecture
  
 +
It is important to note that the presentation services provided by
 +
the LPP are "real" (but minimal) ISO presentation services [24].
 +
This provides a clear migration path to "full ISO" in the future.
 +
Such a migration would be accomplished by substituting ISO protocols
 +
for the Internet protocols TCP, UDP, and IP [25], and replacing the
 +
LPP with ISO presentation and session protocols.  No changes will be
 +
required in the ISO application layer protocols.  For this reason,
 +
investments in application development will be well preserved.
  
  resolution to the network management applications, which are
+
==== The Quality of Transport Service ====
  ultimately the point where the requirements from the underlying
 
  service need to be determined.  As such, the CMOT protocol
 
  architecture provides both services.  The presentation layer service
 
  allows the application to select either high or low quality service
 
  for the underlying transport.  Depending on this choice, the LPP will
 
  use either UDP (low quality) or TCP (high quality) to establish the
 
  application association and carry the application data.  It is
 
  important, however, for the application to be aware of the quality of
 
  service that it is using: low quality means low quality!  The use of
 
  an unreliable transport like UDP necessarily puts more burden on the
 
  application.
 
  
4.3Proxy Management
+
The quality of transport service needed for network management
 +
applications is an issue that has caused much controversy, yet it has
 +
never been resolved. There are two basic approaches: datagram-
 +
oriented and connection-orientedThere are advantages and
 +
disadvantages to both of these two approaches. While the datagram-
 +
oriented approach is simple, requires minimal code space, and can
 +
operate under conditions where connections may not be possible, the
 +
connection-oriented approach offers data reliability and provides
 +
guaranteed and consistent service to the driving application.
  
  Proxy is a term that originated in the legal community to indicate an
+
This memo does not take sides on this issueRather it passes such
  entity empowered to perform actions on behalf of another.  In our
 
  context, a proxy is a manager empowered to perform actions on behalf
 
  of another manager.  This may be necessary because the manager cannot
 
  communicate directly with the managed devices either for security or
 
  other administrative reasons or because of incompatible communication
 
  mechanisms or protocolsIn either case, the proxy assumes the agent
 
  role with respect to the requesting manager and the manager role with
 
  respect to the managed device.
 
  
  Some network elements, such as modems or bridges, may not be able to
+
resolution to the network management applications, which are
  support CMIP and all the associated protocolsIn addition, such
+
ultimately the point where the requirements from the underlying
  devices may not have Internet addressesSuch devices are called
+
service need to be determinedAs such, the CMOT protocol
  "limited systems"It may be possible to manage these devices using
+
architecture provides both servicesThe presentation layer service
  proprietary mechanisms or other standard protocols (such as the IEEE
+
allows the application to select either high or low quality service
  802.1 management protocol for managing bridges)In cases where it
+
for the underlying transportDepending on this choice, the LPP will
  is desirable to integrate the management of such devices with the
+
use either UDP (low quality) or TCP (high quality) to establish the
  overall CMOT management of an internet, it is necessary to use proxy
+
application association and carry the application dataIt is
  management. Some network elements that are not "limited systems" as
+
important, however, for the application to be aware of the quality of
  described above may still benefit from the use of proxy management.
+
service that it is using: low quality means low quality! The use of
  If the management protocol supported by such a system is proprietary
+
an unreliable transport like UDP necessarily puts more burden on the
  or some standard protocol other than CMIP (such as SNMP), then CMOT
+
application.
  proxy management can be used to integrate the management of such
 
  systems.
 
  
  A proxy operates in the following manner.  When a CMOT manager wants
+
=== Proxy Management ===
  to send a request to a managed device that it cannot communicate with
 
  directly, it routes the request to the proxy.  The proxy maps the
 
  CMIP request into the information schema understood by the managed
 
  device and sends the appropriate request to the managed device using
 
  the native management protocol of the device.  When the proxy
 
  receives the response from the managed device, it uses CMIP to return
 
  the information to the manager that made the original request.
 
  
 +
Proxy is a term that originated in the legal community to indicate an
 +
entity empowered to perform actions on behalf of another.  In our
 +
context, a proxy is a manager empowered to perform actions on behalf
 +
of another manager.  This may be necessary because the manager cannot
 +
communicate directly with the managed devices either for security or
 +
other administrative reasons or because of incompatible communication
 +
mechanisms or protocols.  In either case, the proxy assumes the agent
 +
role with respect to the requesting manager and the manager role with
 +
respect to the managed device.
  
 +
Some network elements, such as modems or bridges, may not be able to
 +
support CMIP and all the associated protocols.  In addition, such
 +
devices may not have Internet addresses.  Such devices are called
 +
"limited systems".  It may be possible to manage these devices using
 +
proprietary mechanisms or other standard protocols (such as the IEEE
 +
802.1 management protocol for managing bridges).  In cases where it
 +
is desirable to integrate the management of such devices with the
 +
overall CMOT management of an internet, it is necessary to use proxy
 +
management.  Some network elements that are not "limited systems" as
 +
described above may still benefit from the use of proxy management.
 +
If the management protocol supported by such a system is proprietary
 +
or some standard protocol other than CMIP (such as SNMP), then CMOT
 +
proxy management can be used to integrate the management of such
 +
systems.
  
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 17]
+
A proxy operates in the following manner.  When a CMOT manager wants
 +
to send a request to a managed device that it cannot communicate with
 +
directly, it routes the request to the proxy.  The proxy maps the
 +
CMIP request into the information schema understood by the managed
 +
device and sends the appropriate request to the managed device using
 +
the native management protocol of the device.  When the proxy
 +
receives the response from the managed device, it uses CMIP to return
 +
the information to the manager that made the original request.
  
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
The use of proxy management can be largely transparent to the
 +
requesting manager, which appears to be exchanging information
 +
directly with the selected device.  The only thing that is known to
 +
the manager is that additional "instance" information is required to
 +
select a particular device managed by the proxy.  Each proxy may
 +
support many managed devices, using the "instance" information to
 +
multiplex CMIP requests and responses among them.  The mapping
 +
between a specific instance and an actual managed device is a local
 +
matter.  (The use of the CMIP Object Instance field to select a
 +
particular system to manage by proxy is explained below in section
 +
5.3.2.2.)
  
 +
A proxy may also serve as an "intermediate manager" in another less
 +
transparent sense.  The proxy manager may be requested to calculate
 +
summary statistics on information gathered from many different
 +
managed systems (e.g., the average number of PDUs transmitted or the
 +
distribution of PDUs transmitted over time).  The proxy may be
 +
requested to log events transmitted by the managed systems under its
 +
control and to send to the requesting manager only those events of
 +
specific types.  When this use of proxy management is made, the
 +
conceptual schema for managed objects known to both the requesting
 +
manager and proxy must include definitions of these aggregate managed
 +
objects (i.e., objects that do not belong to any one managed system).
 +
How the aggregate statistics would be calculated and logging
 +
performed based on information from the different devices managed by
 +
the proxy would be part of the definition of these aggregate managed
 +
objects.
  
  The use of proxy management can be largely transparent to the
+
=== Directory Service ===
  requesting manager, which appears to be exchanging information
 
  directly with the selected device.  The only thing that is known to
 
  the manager is that additional "instance" information is required to
 
  select a particular device managed by the proxy.  Each proxy may
 
  support many managed devices, using the "instance" information to
 
  multiplex CMIP requests and responses among them.  The mapping
 
  between a specific instance and an actual managed device is a local
 
  matter.  (The use of the CMIP Object Instance field to select a
 
  particular system to manage by proxy is explained below in section
 
  5.3.2.2.)
 
  
  A proxy may also serve as an "intermediate manager" in another less
+
[[RFC1085|RFC 1085]] specifies the use of a minimal (or "stub") directory
  transparent senseThe proxy manager may be requested to calculate
+
serviceIt specifies how the service name for an OSI application
  summary statistics on information gathered from many different
+
entity is converted into an "application entity title." The
  managed systems (e.g., the average number of PDUs transmitted or the
+
application entity title is then mapped into a presentation address.
  distribution of PDUs transmitted over time). The proxy may be
+
The form of a service name, an application entity title, and a
  requested to log events transmitted by the managed systems under its
+
presentation address can be found in [[RFC1085|RFC 1085]].
  control and to send to the requesting manager only those events of
 
  specific types.  When this use of proxy management is made, the
 
  conceptual schema for managed objects known to both the requesting
 
  manager and proxy must include definitions of these aggregate managed
 
  objects (i.e., objects that do not belong to any one managed system).
 
  How the aggregate statistics would be calculated and logging
 
  performed based on information from the different devices managed by
 
  the proxy would be part of the definition of these aggregate managed
 
  objects.
 
  
4.4.  Directory Service
+
== Management Information ==
  
  RFC 1085 specifies the use of a minimal (or "stub") directory
+
The description of management information has two aspects.  First, a
  serviceIt specifies how the service name for an OSI application
+
structure of management information (SMI) defines the logical
  entity is converted into an "application entity title." The
+
structure of management information and how it is identified and
  application entity title is then mapped into a presentation address.
+
describedSecond, the management information base (MIB), which is
  The form of a service name, an application entity title, and a
+
specified using the SMI, defines the actual objects to be managed.
  presentation address can be found in RFC 1085.
+
The purpose of this section is to show how CMIP is used in the CMOT
 +
architecture to convey information defined in the Internet MIB.
  
5.  Management Information
+
=== The Structure of Management Information ===
  
  The description of management information has two aspects.  First, a
+
The SMI supplies the model for understanding management information,
  structure of management information (SMI) defines the logical
+
as well as templates and ASN.1 macros that can be used for defining
  structure of management information and how it is identified and
+
actual management information.  The following sections discuss the
  describedSecond, the management information base (MIB), which is
+
ISO SMI, the Internet SMI, and a way of interpreting the Internet SMI
  specified using the SMI, defines the actual objects to be managed.
+
in terms of the ISO SMI so that CMIP can be used to carry management
  The purpose of this section is to show how CMIP is used in the CMOT
+
information defined in terms of the Internet SMI.
  architecture to convey information defined in the Internet MIB.
 
  
 +
==== The ISO SMI ====
  
 +
The ISO SMI [19] is based on the abstraction of a "managed object"
 +
and the various kinds of relationships objects can be involved in.
 +
The following discussion does not purport to be a complete and
 +
accurate description of the latest ISO SMI work.  It is intended to
 +
be a clear presentation of the basic ISO SMI concepts essential for
 +
understanding the CMIP-specific interpretation of the Internet SMI
 +
presented in section 5.3.
  
 +
===== Managed Objects and Attributes =====
  
 +
Management Information is modeled using object-oriented techniques.
 +
All "things" in the network that are to be managed are represented in
 +
terms of managed objects.  A "managed object" is an abstraction (or
 +
logical view) for the purposes of network management of a
 +
"manageable" physical or logical resource of the network.  In this
 +
context, "manageable" means that a particular resource can be managed
 +
by using CMIP.  Examples of managed objects are protocol entities,
 +
modems, and connections.
  
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 18]
+
Each managed object belongs to a particular object class.  An "object
 +
class" represents a collection of managed objects with the same, or
 +
similar, properties.  A particular managed object existing in a
 +
particular network is defined as an "object instance" of the object
 +
class to which it belongs.  Thus, an object instance represents an
 +
actual realization of an object class (i.e., a managed object of a
 +
particular class bound to specific values).  An example of an object
 +
class is "transport connection." In an actual network, there are a
 +
number of managed objects (specific transport connections) that are
 +
instances of this class.  In summary, a managed object type, which is
 +
called an "object class," is the collection of all actual and
 +
potential instances of that type.
  
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
Managed objects are fully defined by specifying the "attributes" or
 +
properties the object has, the CMIS operations that can be performed
 +
on the object (e.g., M-SET, M-CREATE) and any constraints on those
 +
operations, specific actions (e.g., self-test) that can be performed
 +
on the object, events that the object can generate, and information
  
 +
about various relationships the object may be involved in.  All of
 +
this information relevant to a managed object is typically provided
 +
by filling in an object template.
  
5.1The Structure of Management Information
+
Managed objects contain properties that are referred to as
 +
attributes. Attributes are atomic items of information that can only
 +
be manipulated as a wholeAn example of an attribute is a counter
 +
providing a specific piece of information, such as the number of
 +
packets retransmitted.
  
  The SMI supplies the model for understanding management information,
+
Each object class and attribute is assigned a unique identifier (an
  as well as templates and ASN.1 macros that can be used for defining
+
ASN.1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER) for purposes of naming by a registration
  actual management information.  The following sections discuss the
+
authority.
  ISO SMI, the Internet SMI, and a way of interpreting the Internet SMI
 
  in terms of the ISO SMI so that CMIP can be used to carry management
 
  information defined in terms of the Internet SMI.
 
  
5.1.1.  The ISO SMI
+
===== Management Information Hierarchies =====
  
  The ISO SMI [19] is based on the abstraction of a "managed object"
+
Managed objects participate in relationships with each other.  There
  and the various kinds of relationships objects can be involved in.
+
are two relationships that are of particular importance for
  The following discussion does not purport to be a complete and
+
management information: the containment relationship and the
  accurate description of the latest ISO SMI work.  It is intended to
+
inheritance relationship.  These relationships can be used to
  be a clear presentation of the basic ISO SMI concepts essential for
+
construct hierarchies of managed objects.  In addition, there is
  understanding the CMIP-specific interpretation of the Internet SMI
+
another hierarchy defined by the registration process for registering
  presented in section 5.3.
+
identifiers for object classes and attributes.
 
 
5.1.1.1.  Managed Objects and Attributes
 
 
 
  Management Information is modeled using object-oriented techniques.
 
  All "things" in the network that are to be managed are represented in
 
  terms of managed objects.  A "managed object" is an abstraction (or
 
  logical view) for the purposes of network management of a
 
  "manageable" physical or logical resource of the network.  In this
 
  context, "manageable" means that a particular resource can be managed
 
  by using CMIP.  Examples of managed objects are protocol entities,
 
  modems, and connections.
 
 
 
  Each managed object belongs to a particular object class.  An "object
 
  class" represents a collection of managed objects with the same, or
 
  similar, properties.  A particular managed object existing in a
 
  particular network is defined as an "object instance" of the object
 
  class to which it belongs.  Thus, an object instance represents an
 
  actual realization of an object class (i.e., a managed object of a
 
  particular class bound to specific values).  An example of an object
 
  class is "transport connection." In an actual network, there are a
 
  number of managed objects (specific transport connections) that are
 
  instances of this class.  In summary, a managed object type, which is
 
  called an "object class," is the collection of all actual and
 
  potential instances of that type.
 
 
 
  Managed objects are fully defined by specifying the "attributes" or
 
  properties the object has, the CMIS operations that can be performed
 
  on the object (e.g., M-SET, M-CREATE) and any constraints on those
 
  operations, specific actions (e.g., self-test) that can be performed
 
  on the object, events that the object can generate, and information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 19]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
  about various relationships the object may be involved in.  All of
 
  this information relevant to a managed object is typically provided
 
  by filling in an object template.
 
 
 
  Managed objects contain properties that are referred to as
 
  attributes.  Attributes are atomic items of information that can only
 
  be manipulated as a whole.  An example of an attribute is a counter
 
  providing a specific piece of information, such as the number of
 
  packets retransmitted.
 
 
 
  Each object class and attribute is assigned a unique identifier (an
 
  ASN.1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER) for purposes of naming by a registration
 
  authority.
 
 
 
5.1.1.2.  Management Information Hierarchies
 
 
 
  Managed objects participate in relationships with each other.  There
 
  are two relationships that are of particular importance for
 
  management information: the containment relationship and the
 
  inheritance relationship.  These relationships can be used to
 
  construct hierarchies of managed objects.  In addition, there is
 
  another hierarchy defined by the registration process for registering
 
  identifiers for object classes and attributes.
 
  
 
5.1.1.2.1.  The Registration Hierarchy
 
5.1.1.2.1.  The Registration Hierarchy
  
  The registration hierarchy is determined by the ASN.1 registration
+
The registration hierarchy is determined by the ASN.1 registration
  tree [5] for assigning OBJECT IDENTIFIERs.  An OBJECT IDENTIFIER is
+
tree [5] for assigning OBJECT IDENTIFIERs.  An OBJECT IDENTIFIER is
  an administratively assigned name composed of a series of integers
+
an administratively assigned name composed of a series of integers
  traversing a path from the root of the ASN.1 registration tree to the
+
traversing a path from the root of the ASN.1 registration tree to the
  node or leaf to be identified.  For example, the sequence of integers
+
node or leaf to be identified.  For example, the sequence of integers
  { iso(1) standard(0) ips-osi-mips(9596) cmip(2) } (1.0.9596.2) can be
+
{ iso(1) standard(0) ips-osi-mips(9596) cmip(2) } (1.0.9596.2) can be
  used to uniquely identify the CMIP standard.  Each node of this tree
+
used to uniquely identify the CMIP standard.  Each node of this tree
  has an associated registration authority that determines how numbers
+
has an associated registration authority that determines how numbers
  in the subtree defined by that node are allocated.  In the context of
+
in the subtree defined by that node are allocated.  In the context of
  management, these OBJECT IDENTIFIERs are used for identifying object
+
management, these OBJECT IDENTIFIERs are used for identifying object
  classes and attributes.  The registration hierarchy is not based on
+
classes and attributes.  The registration hierarchy is not based on
  any particular relationship between managed objects or between
+
any particular relationship between managed objects or between
  managed objects and their attributes.  It is independent of both the
+
managed objects and their attributes.  It is independent of both the
  inheritance and containment relationships described below.  Its
+
inheritance and containment relationships described below.  Its
  purpose is simply to generate universally unique identifiers.
+
purpose is simply to generate universally unique identifiers.
  
 
5.1.1.2.2.  The Containment Hierarchy
 
5.1.1.2.2.  The Containment Hierarchy
  
  The containment hierarchy is constructed by applying the relationship
+
The containment hierarchy is constructed by applying the relationship
  "is contained in" to objects and attributes.  Objects of one class
+
"is contained in" to objects and attributes.  Objects of one class
  may contain objects of the same or different class.  Objects may also
+
may contain objects of the same or different class.  Objects may also
  contain attributes.  Attributes cannot contain objects or other
+
contain attributes.  Attributes cannot contain objects or other
  
 +
attributes.  For example, objects of the class "transport entity" may
 +
contain objects of the class "transport connection"; an object of the
 +
class "management domain" may contain objects of the class "node." An
 +
object class that contains another object class is called the
 +
"superior" object class; an object class that is contained in another
 +
object class is called the "subordinate" object class.  The
 +
containment relationships that an object may participate in are part
 +
of the definition of the object class to which that managed object
 +
belongs.  All object classes (except the topmost) must have at least
 +
one possible superior in the containment tree.  The definition of a
 +
class may permit it to have more than one such superior.  However,
 +
individual instances of such a class are nevertheless contained in
 +
only one instance of a possible containing class.
  
 +
The containment hierarchy is important because it can be used for
 +
identifying instances of a managed object.  For example, assume there
 +
is an object class "domain" that contains an object class "node" that
 +
contains an object class "transport entity" that contains an object
 +
class "transport connection." A particular instance of a transport
 +
connection can be identified by the concatenation of "instance
 +
information" for each object class in the containment path: {
 +
domain="organization," node="herakles," transport entity=tp4,
 +
transport connection=<TSAP-AddressA, TSAP-AddressB> }.
  
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 20]
+
What constitutes appropriate "instance information" for each object
 
+
class is part of the definition of that object class and is known as
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
the "distinguished attribute(s)." A distinguished attribute is
 
+
composed of an OBJECT IDENTIFIER naming the attribute and the value
 
+
of the attribute.  For each object class, the distinguished
  attributes.  For example, objects of the class "transport entity" may
+
attributes that differentiate instances of that class are
  contain objects of the class "transport connection"; an object of the
+
collectively called the "relative distinguished name." A sequence of
  class "management domain" may contain objects of the class "node." An
+
relative distinguished names (one for each class in the containment
  object class that contains another object class is called the
+
path) is the "distinguished name" of a managed object.  The example
  "superior" object class; an object class that is contained in another
+
given above represents the distinguished name of a transport
  object class is called the "subordinate" object class.  The
+
connection.  The containment hierarchy is sometimes referred to as
  containment relationships that an object may participate in are part
+
the "naming tree", because it is used to "name" a particular instance
  of the definition of the object class to which that managed object
+
of a managed object.
  belongs.  All object classes (except the topmost) must have at least
 
  one possible superior in the containment tree.  The definition of a
 
  class may permit it to have more than one such superior.  However,
 
  individual instances of such a class are nevertheless contained in
 
  only one instance of a possible containing class.
 
 
 
  The containment hierarchy is important because it can be used for
 
  identifying instances of a managed object.  For example, assume there
 
  is an object class "domain" that contains an object class "node" that
 
  contains an object class "transport entity" that contains an object
 
  class "transport connection." A particular instance of a transport
 
  connection can be identified by the concatenation of "instance
 
  information" for each object class in the containment path: {
 
  domain="organization," node="herakles," transport entity=tp4,
 
  transport connection=<TSAP-AddressA, TSAP-AddressB> }.
 
 
 
  What constitutes appropriate "instance information" for each object
 
  class is part of the definition of that object class and is known as
 
  the "distinguished attribute(s)." A distinguished attribute is
 
  composed of an OBJECT IDENTIFIER naming the attribute and the value
 
  of the attribute.  For each object class, the distinguished
 
  attributes that differentiate instances of that class are
 
  collectively called the "relative distinguished name." A sequence of
 
  relative distinguished names (one for each class in the containment
 
  path) is the "distinguished name" of a managed object.  The example
 
  given above represents the distinguished name of a transport
 
  connection.  The containment hierarchy is sometimes referred to as
 
  the "naming tree", because it is used to "name" a particular instance
 
  of a managed object.
 
 
 
  The containment relationship also defines an existence dependency
 
  among its components; an object or attribute can "exist" only if the
 
  containing object also "exists." Deletion of an object may result in
 
  deletion of all objects and attributes contained within it.
 
  Alternately, depending on the definition of the managed object,
 
  deletion may be refused until all contained managed objects have been
 
  deleted.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 21]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
  
 +
The containment relationship also defines an existence dependency
 +
among its components; an object or attribute can "exist" only if the
 +
containing object also "exists." Deletion of an object may result in
 +
deletion of all objects and attributes contained within it.
 +
Alternately, depending on the definition of the managed object,
 +
deletion may be refused until all contained managed objects have been
 +
deleted.
  
 
5.1.1.2.3.  The Inheritance Hierarchy
 
5.1.1.2.3.  The Inheritance Hierarchy
  
  The inheritance hierarchy is constructed by applying the relationship
+
The inheritance hierarchy is constructed by applying the relationship
  "inherits properties of" to object classes.  An object class may
+
"inherits properties of" to object classes.  An object class may
  inherit properties of another object class; refinement is obtained by
+
inherit properties of another object class; refinement is obtained by
  adding additional properties.  In this relationship, the parent class
+
adding additional properties.  In this relationship, the parent class
  is called the "superclass" and the inheriting class the "subclass."
+
is called the "superclass" and the inheriting class the "subclass."
  For example, the class "layer entity" may be a superclass of "network
+
For example, the class "layer entity" may be a superclass of "network
  entity," which in turn is a superclass of "X.25 network entity."
+
entity," which in turn is a superclass of "X.25 network entity."
  Attributes defined for "network entity" (e.g., the number of packets
+
Attributes defined for "network entity" (e.g., the number of packets
  sent) are automatically defined for "X.25 network entity" without
+
sent) are automatically defined for "X.25 network entity" without
  having to explicitly include them in the definition for the class
+
having to explicitly include them in the definition for the class
  "X.25 network entity." Thus, inheritance serves as a shorthand for
+
"X.25 network entity." Thus, inheritance serves as a shorthand for
  defining object classes using object-oriented methodology.  Each
+
defining object classes using object-oriented methodology.  Each
  class (except the topmost) has at least one superclass, but may have
+
class (except the topmost) has at least one superclass, but may have
  zero, one, or many subclasses.  Subclasses may in turn have further
+
zero, one, or many subclasses.  Subclasses may in turn have further
  subclasses, to any degree.  A special object called "top" is the
+
subclasses, to any degree.  A special object called "top" is the
  ultimate superclass.  It has no properties of its own.
+
ultimate superclass.  It has no properties of its own.
  
  The inheritance hierarchy has no relevance to the naming of object
+
The inheritance hierarchy has no relevance to the naming of object
  instances.  It is useful only insofar as it leads to a manageable and
+
instances.  It is useful only insofar as it leads to a manageable and
  extensible technique for the definition of object classes.
+
extensible technique for the definition of object classes.
  
5.1.2.  The Internet SMI
+
==== The Internet SMI ====
  
  The Internet SMI [2] is designed to be a protocol-independent SMI
+
The Internet SMI [2] is designed to be a protocol-independent SMI
  that can be used with both SNMP and CMIP.  For this reason, it is
+
that can be used with both SNMP and CMIP.  For this reason, it is
  necessary for any management protocol that uses this SMI to show how
+
necessary for any management protocol that uses this SMI to show how
  it is to be interpreted in a protocol-specific manner.  This is done
+
it is to be interpreted in a protocol-specific manner.  This is done
  for CMIP in this memo.
+
for CMIP in this memo.
  
  The Internet SMI indicates both how to identify managed objects and
+
The Internet SMI indicates both how to identify managed objects and
  how to define them.  The Internet SMI defines a registration subtree
+
how to define them.  The Internet SMI defines a registration subtree
  rooted at { iso(1) org(3) dod(6) internet(1) } for the sake of
+
rooted at { iso(1) org(3) dod(6) internet(1) } for the sake of
  registering OBJECT IDENTIFIERs to be used for uniquely identifying
+
registering OBJECT IDENTIFIERs to be used for uniquely identifying
  managed objects.  The current Internet SMI specifies the format for
+
managed objects.  The current Internet SMI specifies the format for
  defining objects in terms of an "object type" template and an
+
defining objects in terms of an "object type" template and an
  associated OBJECT-TYPE ASN.1 macro.  An object type definition
+
associated OBJECT-TYPE ASN.1 macro.  An object type definition
  contains five fields: a textual name, along with its corresponding
+
contains five fields: a textual name, along with its corresponding
  OBJECT IDENTIFIER; an ASN.1 syntax; a definition of the semantics of
+
OBJECT IDENTIFIER; an ASN.1 syntax; a definition of the semantics of
  the object type; an access (read-only, read-write, write-only, or
+
the object type; an access (read-only, read-write, write-only, or
  not-accessible); and a status (mandatory, optional, or obsolete).
+
not-accessible); and a status (mandatory, optional, or obsolete).
  The current Internet SMI does not provide any mechanism for defining
+
The current Internet SMI does not provide any mechanism for defining
  actions or events associated with a managed object.
+
actions or events associated with a managed object.
  
  In describing management information, the current Internet SMI does
+
In describing management information, the current Internet SMI does
  not use the notions of "object class" and "attribute" found in the
+
not use the notions of "object class" and "attribute" found in the
  ISO SMI.  Only the concepts of "object type" and "object instance"
+
ISO SMI.  Only the concepts of "object type" and "object instance"
  
 +
are used.  The Internet SMI shows how to define object types; it
 +
leaves the specification of object instances as a protocol-specific
 +
matter.  The current Internet structure of management information is
 +
simpler and less rich than the corresponding ISO structure. The ISO
 +
SMI makes a distinction between simple "attributes," which can be
 +
viewed as "leaf objects" that are the lowest elements of the
 +
containment hierarchy, and composite "managed objects" that belong to
 +
an "object class" and have a structure associated with them (that is,
 +
can contain attributes).  The Internet SMI does not draw this
 +
distinction; both simple and composite "objects" are defined as
 +
"object types." What structure is associated with objects in the
 +
Internet SMI is defined through the deliberate attempt to structure
 +
the lower part of the Internet registration tree according to
 +
containment principles.  (Objects that are considered "attributes" of
 +
other containing objects are defined directly below them in the
 +
object registration tree.) This results in a certain lack of
 +
flexibility, since the registration hierarchy is implicitly used to
 +
define the containment hierarchy.  This means that the Internet SMI
 +
does not contain a mechanism for defining containment relationships
 +
that do not happen to coincide with the registration hierarchy.  In
 +
interpreting the Internet SMI for use with CMIP, it is necessary to
 +
overcome this limitation.
  
 +
=== The Management Information Base ===
  
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 22]
+
The Management Information Base (MIB) is a "conceptual repository of
 +
management information." It is an abstract view of all the objects in
 +
the network that can be managed.  Note that the MIB is conceptual in
 +
that it does not carry any implications whatsoever about the physical
 +
storage (main memory, files, databases, etc.) of management
 +
information.  The SMI provides the guidelines for defining objects
 +
contained in the MIB.
  
RFC 1095                          CMOT                       April 1989
+
The CMOT approach will use the Internet MIB based on the Internet SMI
 +
described above.  The first version of the Internet MIB, which is the
 +
product of the IETF MIB working group, is defined in [[RFC1066|RFC 1066]] [3].
 +
It contains objects divided into eight groups: system, interfaces,
 +
address translation, IP, ICMP, TCP, UDP, and EGP.  In addition, the
 +
Internet SMI provides for future versions of the Internet MIB and a
 +
means for otherwise extending the MIB through the registration of
 +
managed objects under "private" and "experimental" branches of the
 +
object registration tree.  Appendix B provides a protocol-specific
 +
interpretation of the first version of the TCP/IP MIB defined in [3]
 +
so that it can be used with CMOT.  This interpretation is based on a
 +
straightforward mapping of the current Internet SMI to the ISO SMI
 +
(section 5.3).
  
 +
The initial version of the Internet MIB concentrates on defining
  
  are used.  The Internet SMI shows how to define object types; it
+
objects associated with various Internet protocolsIt is expected
  leaves the specification of object instances as a protocol-specific
+
that future versions of the Internet MIB and various extensions will
  matterThe current Internet structure of management information is
+
provide a much richer set of objects to manage, including management
  simpler and less rich than the corresponding ISO structure. The ISO
+
information about a variety of network devices and systemsThus, an
  SMI makes a distinction between simple "attributes," which can be
+
expanded MIB will allow wide-ranging and powerful management using
  viewed as "leaf objects" that are the lowest elements of the
+
the CMOT approach.
  containment hierarchy, and composite "managed objects" that belong to
 
  an "object class" and have a structure associated with them (that is,
 
  can contain attributes).  The Internet SMI does not draw this
 
  distinction; both simple and composite "objects" are defined as
 
  "object types." What structure is associated with objects in the
 
  Internet SMI is defined through the deliberate attempt to structure
 
  the lower part of the Internet registration tree according to
 
  containment principles(Objects that are considered "attributes" of
 
  other containing objects are defined directly below them in the
 
  object registration tree.) This results in a certain lack of
 
  flexibility, since the registration hierarchy is implicitly used to
 
  define the containment hierarchy.  This means that the Internet SMI
 
  does not contain a mechanism for defining containment relationships
 
  that do not happen to coincide with the registration hierarchy.  In
 
  interpreting the Internet SMI for use with CMIP, it is necessary to
 
  overcome this limitation.
 
  
5.2.  The Management Information Base
+
=== An Interpretation of the Internet SMI ===
  
  The Management Information Base (MIB) is a "conceptual repository of
+
In order to use CMIP to convey information defined in terms of the
  management information." It is an abstract view of all the objects in
+
Internet SMI, it is necessary to show how object instances are
  the network that can be managedNote that the MIB is conceptual in
+
specified and to provide the necessary structure for differentiating
  that it does not carry any implications whatsoever about the physical
+
object class and attributes. These objectives are both met by
  storage (main memory, files, databases, etc.) of management
+
separating the containment hierarchy used for naming objects from the
  informationThe SMI provides the guidelines for defining objects
+
registration hierarchy and by imposing an "object class" structure on
  contained in the MIB.
+
the Internet SMIUsing the technique of imposing an object class
 +
structure does not replace or redefine the object definitions in the
 +
Internet MIB; it merely provides a necessary gloss or commentary on a
 +
MIB defined in terms of the Internet SMIFor example, Appendix B
 +
references the "object type" definitions found in [3], but imposes
 +
additional structure on them.
  
  The CMOT approach will use the Internet MIB based on the Internet SMI
+
This object class definition derives from a simplified version of the
  described above.  The first version of the Internet MIB, which is the
+
OBJECT-CLASS macro defined in the ISO SMI [19]. The more complex
  product of the IETF MIB working group, is defined in RFC 1066 [3].
+
definition is not needed for present purposes(The object class
  It contains objects divided into eight groups: system, interfaces,
+
definition presented here could be extended in the future to show
  address translation, IP, ICMP, TCP, UDP, and EGPIn addition, the
+
what actions and events are associated with a managed object.) The
  Internet SMI provides for future versions of the Internet MIB and a
+
object class definition has the following fields:
  means for otherwise extending the MIB through the registration of
 
  managed objects under "private" and "experimental" branches of the
 
  object registration tree. Appendix B provides a protocol-specific
 
  interpretation of the first version of the TCP/IP MIB defined in [3]
 
  so that it can be used with CMOT.  This interpretation is based on a
 
  straightforward mapping of the current Internet SMI to the ISO SMI
 
  (section 5.3).
 
  
   The initial version of the Internet MIB concentrates on defining
+
OBJECT CLASS:
 +
------------
 +
   A textual name, termed the OBJECT CLASS DESCRIPTOR, for the object
 +
  class, along with its corresponding OBJECT IDENTIFIER.
  
 +
Definition:
 +
  A textual description of the object class.
  
 +
Subclass Of:
 +
  The OBJECT CLASS DESCRIPTOR of the object class that is the
 +
  superclass of this object class. This field is used for indicating
 +
  the inheritance relationship.
  
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 23]
+
Superiors:
 +
  A list of OBJECT CLASS DESCRIPTORs of the possible superior object
 +
  classes of this object class. This field is used for indicating
 +
  the containment relationship.
  
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
Names:
 +
  A list of OBJECT DESCRIPTORs identifying the OBJECT TYPES that are
 +
  the distinguished attributes of this object class. (The OBJECT-
 +
  TYPE macro is defined in [[RFC1065|RFC 1065]]). Attributes listed here will
 +
  normally be present in the Attribute field of the object class
 +
  definition.  This field is used for indicating what attributes
 +
  must be present in the relative distinguished name that indicates
 +
  an instance of this object class.
  
 +
Attributes:
 +
  A list of OBJECT DESCRIPTORs identifying the OBJECT TYPES that are
 +
  attributes of this object class. (The OBJECT-TYPE macro is defined
 +
  in [[RFC1065|RFC 1065]]). This field is used for indicating the attributes
 +
  that are contained in this object class.
  
   objects associated with various Internet protocolsIt is expected
+
   This object class definition satisfies our objectives for
   that future versions of the Internet MIB and various extensions will
+
  interpreting the Internet SMI for use by CMIPThe Attributes
   provide a much richer set of objects to manage, including management
+
  field shows what attributes are contained in this object class;
   information about a variety of network devices and systems.  Thus, an
+
  this makes the necessary distinction between object classes and
   expanded MIB will allow wide-ranging and powerful management using
+
  attributes required by CMIP.  Instead of referencing an
  the CMOT approach.
+
  "attribute" def inition (as is done in the ISO SMI), the
 +
  Attributes field references the "object type" definition found in
 +
   [[RFC1065|RFC 1065]] and used to define the Internet-standard MIB in [[RFC1066|RFC 1066]].
 +
  The name, syntax, and access information required for attributes
 +
  is contained in the "object type" definition.  Two things are
 +
  required for specifying an instance of a managed object: a
 +
  containment relationship determining a sequence of object classes
 +
  and a means for specifying the distinguished attributes for an
 +
  object class.  The Superiors field makes the containment
 +
   relationship explicit; it is no longer merely a function of the
 +
  registration tree.  The Names field makes it possible to indicate
 +
  the distinguished attributes for an object class required for
 +
   giving instance information.  Thus, the object class definition
 +
   makes it possible to specify an object instance using CMIP.
  
5.3.  An Interpretation of the Internet SMI
+
==== Object Class and Attributes ====
  
  In order to use CMIP to convey information defined in terms of the
+
The mapping of management information to the CMIS parameters Managed
  Internet SMI, it is necessary to show how object instances are
+
Object Class and Attribute Identifier List now becomes apparent.
  specified and to provide the necessary structure for differentiating
 
  object class and attributes.  These objectives are both met by
 
  separating the containment hierarchy used for naming objects from the
 
  registration hierarchy and by imposing an "object class" structure on
 
  the Internet SMI.  Using the technique of imposing an object class
 
  structure does not replace or redefine the object definitions in the
 
  Internet MIB; it merely provides a necessary gloss or commentary on a
 
  MIB defined in terms of the Internet SMI.  For example, Appendix B
 
  references the "object type" definitions found in [3], but imposes
 
  additional structure on them.
 
  
  This object class definition derives from a simplified version of the
+
===== Object Class =====
  OBJECT-CLASS macro defined in the ISO SMI [19].  The more complex
 
  definition is not needed for present purposes.  (The object class
 
  definition presented here could be extended in the future to show
 
  what actions and events are associated with a managed object.) The
 
  object class definition has the following fields:
 
  
  OBJECT CLASS:
+
The CMIS Managed Object Class parameter is the OBJECT IDENTIFIER
  ------------
+
assigned to the particular object class.  For example, the Managed
      A textual name, termed the OBJECT CLASS DESCRIPTOR, for the object
+
Object Class for the object class "ip" (as defined in Appendix B) is
      class, along with its corresponding OBJECT IDENTIFIER.
 
  
  Definition:
+
    { mib 4 } = 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.
      A textual description of the object class.
 
  
  Subclass Of:
+
===== Attribute Identifier =====
      The OBJECT CLASS DESCRIPTOR of the object class that is the
 
      superclass of this object class. This field is used for indicating
 
      the inheritance relationship.
 
  
  Superiors:
+
The CMIS Attribute Identifier List parameter is a list of Attribute
      A list of OBJECT CLASS DESCRIPTORs of the possible superior object
+
Identifiers.  An Attribute Identifier can be either global or local.
      classes of this object class. This field is used for indicating
+
If it is global, then it is the OBJECT IDENTIFIER assigned to the
      the containment relationship.
+
attribute (i.e., "object type") that is being indicated. For
 +
example, the global Attribute Identifier for the attribute
 +
"ipForwarding" (as defined in [3]) is
  
 +
    { ip 1 } = 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.1.
  
 +
If the Attribute Identifier is local, it is an integer that is the
 +
last component in the OBJECT IDENTIFIER identifying the object.  For
 +
ipForwarding, the local Attribute Identifier is 1.  In the case where
 +
the local identifier is used, the leading components of the OBJECT
 +
IDENTIFIER for the attribute must be the OBJECT IDENTIFIER of the
 +
containing object class.  This is true for the interpreted Internet
 +
MIB defined in Appendix B, but may not be true generally.  The local
 +
identifier is intended to be interpreted relative to the Managed
 +
Object Class field of the CMIP PDU.  When a local Attribute
 +
Identifier is encountered in a CMIP PDU, the global form of the
 +
identifier is formed by prepending the OBJECT IDENTIFIER in the
 +
Managed Object Class field to the local identifier.  This is valid
 +
only when scoping is not used (i.e., scoping is "baseObject").  If
 +
scoping is used, then the global form of the Attribute Identifier
 +
must be used instead of the local form.
  
 +
==== Management Information Hierarchies ====
  
 +
The following sections show how the three management information
 +
hierarchies are to be understood for the interpreted Internet SMI.
  
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 24]
+
===== The Registration Hierarchy =====
  
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
The registration hierarchy is the global object registration tree
 +
described in [2].  It is used merely for assigning identifiers for
 +
object classes and attributes (i.e., "object types" in [[RFC1065|RFC 1065]]).
  
 +
===== The Containment Hierarchy =====
  
  Names:
+
As described above, the containment hierarchy is used to specify an
      A list of OBJECT DESCRIPTORs identifying the OBJECT TYPES that are
+
object instance.  The Names field of the object class definition
      the distinguished attributes of this object class. (The OBJECT-
+
contains the distinguished attributes for the object class. The
      TYPE macro is defined in RFC 1065). Attributes listed here will
+
OBJECT IDENTIFIER naming the "attribute" together with its value is
      normally be present in the Attribute field of the object class
+
called an attribute value assertion. A set of attribute value
      definitionThis field is used for indicating what attributes
+
assertions (one for each distinguished attribute) is the relative
      must be present in the relative distinguished name that indicates
+
distinguished name associated with that object class.  The sequence
      an instance of this object class.
+
of relative distinguished names for each of the object classes in the
  
  Attributes:
+
containment hierarchy to which a managed object belongs is the
      A list of OBJECT DESCRIPTORs identifying the OBJECT TYPES that are
+
distinguished name of the object. An object instance is fully
      attributes of this object class. (The OBJECT-TYPE macro is defined
+
specified by a distinguished name.
      in RFC 1065). This field is used for indicating the attributes
 
      that are contained in this object class.
 
  
      This object class definition satisfies our objectives for
+
Let us take a concrete example from Appendix BHow would we
      interpreting the Internet SMI for use by CMIPThe Attributes
+
represent an instance of an entry in the IP routing table?  We begin
      field shows what attributes are contained in this object class;
+
by examining the object class in question (ipRouteEntry) and use the
      this makes the necessary distinction between object classes and
+
Superiors field to find the superior class in the containment
      attributes required by CMIP.  Instead of referencing an
+
hierarchy (ipRoutingTable).  This process continues until we
      "attribute" def inition (as is done in the ISO SMI), the
+
construct the following containment path of object classes: system,
      Attributes field references the "object type" definition found in
+
ip, ipRoutingTable, ipRouteEntryNow for each of these object
      RFC 1065 and used to define the Internet-standard MIB in RFC 1066.
+
classes, we inspect the Names field to find the distinguished
      The name, syntax, and access information required for attributes
+
attribute for that object class.  If no Names field is present (as is
      is contained in the "object type" definitionTwo things are
+
the case for "ip" and "ipRoutingTable"), then no instance information
      required for specifying an instance of a managed object: a
+
is required at that level.  Both "system" and "ipRouteEntry" have
      containment relationship determining a sequence of object classes
+
Name fields to show what information is expected at that levelWith
      and a means for specifying the distinguished attributes for an
+
this information, we can construct the following distinguished name
      object class.  The Superiors field makes the containment
+
specifying an instance of an IP routing table entry:
      relationship explicit; it is no longer merely a function of the
 
      registration tree.  The Names field makes it possible to indicate
 
      the distinguished attributes for an object class required for
 
      giving instance information.  Thus, the object class definition
 
      makes it possible to specify an object instance using CMIP.
 
  
5.3.1.  Object Class and Attributes
+
              baseManagedObjectInstance {
 
+
                   distinguishedName {
  The mapping of management information to the CMIS parameters Managed
+
                     relativeDistinguishedName {    -- system
  Object Class and Attribute Identifier List now becomes apparent.
+
                        attributeValueAssertion {
 
+
                          attributeType { cmotSystemID }
5.3.1.1.  Object Class
+
                          attributeValue "gateway1.acme.com"
 
+
                        }
  The CMIS Managed Object Class parameter is the OBJECT IDENTIFIER
+
                    },
  assigned to the particular object class.  For example, the Managed
+
                    relativeDistinguishedName {    -- ipRouteEntry
  Object Class for the object class "ip" (as defined in Appendix B) is
+
                        attributeValueAssertion {
 
+
                          attributeType { ipRouteDest }
        { mib 4 } = 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.
+
                          attributeValue 10.0.0.51
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 25]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
5.3.1.2.  Attribute Identifier
 
 
 
  The CMIS Attribute Identifier List parameter is a list of Attribute
 
  Identifiers.  An Attribute Identifier can be either global or local.
 
  If it is global, then it is the OBJECT IDENTIFIER assigned to the
 
  attribute (i.e., "object type") that is being indicated.  For
 
  example, the global Attribute Identifier for the attribute
 
  "ipForwarding" (as defined in [3]) is
 
 
 
        { ip 1 } = 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.1.
 
 
 
  If the Attribute Identifier is local, it is an integer that is the
 
  last component in the OBJECT IDENTIFIER identifying the object.  For
 
  ipForwarding, the local Attribute Identifier is 1.  In the case where
 
  the local identifier is used, the leading components of the OBJECT
 
  IDENTIFIER for the attribute must be the OBJECT IDENTIFIER of the
 
  containing object class.  This is true for the interpreted Internet
 
  MIB defined in Appendix B, but may not be true generally.  The local
 
  identifier is intended to be interpreted relative to the Managed
 
  Object Class field of the CMIP PDU.  When a local Attribute
 
  Identifier is encountered in a CMIP PDU, the global form of the
 
  identifier is formed by prepending the OBJECT IDENTIFIER in the
 
  Managed Object Class field to the local identifier.  This is valid
 
  only when scoping is not used (i.e., scoping is "baseObject").  If
 
  scoping is used, then the global form of the Attribute Identifier
 
  must be used instead of the local form.
 
 
 
5.3.2.  Management Information Hierarchies
 
 
 
  The following sections show how the three management information
 
  hierarchies are to be understood for the interpreted Internet SMI.
 
 
 
5.3.2.1.  The Registration Hierarchy
 
 
 
  The registration hierarchy is the global object registration tree
 
  described in [2].  It is used merely for assigning identifiers for
 
  object classes and attributes (i.e., "object types" in RFC 1065).
 
 
 
5.3.2.2.  The Containment Hierarchy
 
 
 
  As described above, the containment hierarchy is used to specify an
 
  object instance.  The Names field of the object class definition
 
  contains the distinguished attributes for the object class.  The
 
  OBJECT IDENTIFIER naming the "attribute" together with its value is
 
  called an attribute value assertion.  A set of attribute value
 
  assertions (one for each distinguished attribute) is the relative
 
  distinguished name associated with that object class.  The sequence
 
  of relative distinguished names for each of the object classes in the
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 26]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
  containment hierarchy to which a managed object belongs is the
 
  distinguished name of the object.  An object instance is fully
 
  specified by a distinguished name.
 
 
 
  Let us take a concrete example from Appendix B.  How would we
 
  represent an instance of an entry in the IP routing table?  We begin
 
  by examining the object class in question (ipRouteEntry) and use the
 
  Superiors field to find the superior class in the containment
 
  hierarchy (ipRoutingTable).  This process continues until we
 
  construct the following containment path of object classes: system,
 
  ip, ipRoutingTable, ipRouteEntry.  Now for each of these object
 
  classes, we inspect the Names field to find the distinguished
 
  attribute for that object class.  If no Names field is present (as is
 
  the case for "ip" and "ipRoutingTable"), then no instance information
 
  is required at that level.  Both "system" and "ipRouteEntry" have
 
  Name fields to show what information is expected at that level.  With
 
  this information, we can construct the following distinguished name
 
  specifying an instance of an IP routing table entry:
 
 
 
 
 
                   baseManagedObjectInstance {
 
                     distinguishedName {
 
                        relativeDistinguishedName {    -- system
 
                          attributeValueAssertion {
 
                              attributeType { cmotSystemID }
 
                              attributeValue "gateway1.acme.com"
 
                          }
 
                        },
 
                        relativeDistinguishedName {    -- ipRouteEntry
 
                          attributeValueAssertion {
 
                              attributeType { ipRouteDest }
 
                              attributeValue 10.0.0.51
 
                          }
 
 
                         }
 
                         }
 
                     }
 
                     }
 
                   }
 
                   }
 +
              }
  
 +
If the system instance information is not present, then it is assumed
 +
to be the system with which the management association is established
 +
(i.e., the system receiving the request).
  
  If the system instance information is not present, then it is assumed
+
Note that the object instance tree can contain components of the
  to be the system with which the management association is established
+
distinguished name that are outside the managed system (node).  This
  (i.e., the system receiving the request).
+
enables referencing of objects across management domains (there could
 
+
be an object class "domain") and across a collection of nodes.  In a
  Note that the object instance tree can contain components of the
+
network where several intermediate managers may be involved in a
  distinguished name that are outside the managed system (node).  This
+
request, each intermediate manager can use the "system" portion of
  enables referencing of objects across management domains (there could
 
  be an object class "domain") and across a collection of nodes.  In a
 
  network where several intermediate managers may be involved in a
 
  request, each intermediate manager can use the "system" portion of
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 27]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
  the name to determine where to send a request or result.  This
 
  technique of naming treats each intermediate managing system as a
 
  proxy manager.  The proxy manager resolves the address of the next
 
  node in the chain and may use a different protocol to transfer the
 
  request or result.  Thus, the "system" instance information can be
 
  used to name devices being managed by proxy.
 
 
 
5.3.2.3.  The Inheritance Hierarchy
 
 
 
  The Internet SMI does not use the inheritance relationship. The
 
  "Subclass Of" field is present in the object class definition to show
 
  how the inheritance relationship would be represented and to allow
 
  for future extensibility.  It is not used for any of the object
 
  classes defined in Appendix B.
 
 
 
5.4.  Scoping, Filtering, and Synchronization
 
 
 
  Within some services, CMIS provides additional capabilities that are
 
  related to the SMI.  These are the scoping, filtering,
 
  synchronization, and linked-reply facilities.  The presence of these
 
  facilities are indicated by the Multiple Object Selection Functional
 
  Unit defined in CMIS [11].
 
 
 
  These facilities provide the manager with the ability to operate on a
 
  collection of managed objects, rather than a single object.  The
 
  selection of multiple objects occurs in two phases: scoping and
 
  filtering.  Scoping is used to identify the managed objects to which
 
  a filter is to be applied.  Then filtering is used to select a subset
 
  of managed objects that satisfy certain conditions.  If scoping is
 
  not used, only the "base" managed object indicated by the CMIS
 
  Managed Object Class parameter is implied.  An example of the use of
 
  scoping and filtering for selecting a particular managed object (a
 
  table entry) is given in one of the sample protocol exchanges found
 
  in Appendix C.
 
 
 
5.4.1.  Scoping
 
 
 
  Scoping is meant to be understood in terms of the containment
 
  hierarchy.  A position at a certain level of the containment tree is
 
  defined by the CMIS Managed Object Class parameter.  The CMIS Scope
 
  parameter is then interpreted relative to this "base" managed object
 
  (defined by both object class and object instance).  The Scope
 
  parameter can be used to select the base object alone, all managed
 
  objects in the entire subtree (of the containment tree) below the
 
  base object, or all managed objects in the "n"th level (n = 1, 2,
 
  3,...) below the base object.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 28]
 
  
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
the name to determine where to send a request or result.  This
 +
technique of naming treats each intermediate managing system as a
 +
proxy manager.  The proxy manager resolves the address of the next
 +
node in the chain and may use a different protocol to transfer the
 +
request or result.  Thus, the "system" instance information can be
 +
used to name devices being managed by proxy.
  
 +
===== The Inheritance Hierarchy =====
  
5.4.2. Filtering
+
The Internet SMI does not use the inheritance relationship. The
 +
"Subclass Of" field is present in the object class definition to show
 +
how the inheritance relationship would be represented and to allow
 +
for future extensibility. It is not used for any of the object
 +
classes defined in Appendix B.
  
  Within the objects selected as a result of the scope parameter, it is
+
=== Scoping, Filtering, and Synchronization ===
  possible to further refine the selection of managed objects through
 
  the use of filtering.  Filtering provides the ability to select a
 
  subset of these objects based on conditions applied to attributes
 
  (e.g., IP routing table entries with the "ipRouteAge > 100") and
 
  logical operations (and, or, not).
 
  
5.4.3. Synchronization
+
Within some services, CMIS provides additional capabilities that are
 +
related to the SMI. These are the scoping, filtering,
 +
synchronization, and linked-reply facilities. The presence of these
 +
facilities are indicated by the Multiple Object Selection Functional
 +
Unit defined in CMIS [11].
  
  When multiple managed objects have been selected using scoping and
+
These facilities provide the manager with the ability to operate on a
  filtering, the question of synchronization across object instances
+
collection of managed objects, rather than a single object.  The
  (such as multiple IP routing table entries) arises.  The two possible
+
selection of multiple objects occurs in two phases: scoping and
  choices are "best effort" and "atomic." If "best effort"
+
filtering. Scoping is used to identify the managed objects to which
  synchronization is selected, the failure to apply an operation (e.g.,
+
a filter is to be applied.  Then filtering is used to select a subset
  M-SET) to one instance of an object does not affect the effort to
+
of managed objects that satisfy certain conditions.  If scoping is
  apply this operation to other instances of the object.  If "atomic"
+
not used, only the "base" managed object indicated by the CMIS
  synchronization is selected, then the operation is either performed
+
Managed Object Class parameter is implied.  An example of the use of
  on all object instances selected or none.  The default
+
scoping and filtering for selecting a particular managed object (a
  synchronization is best effort.
+
table entry) is given in one of the sample protocol exchanges found
 +
in Appendix C.
  
5.4.4.  Linked Replies
+
==== Scoping ====
  
  If the reply to a single request for a set of managed objects results
+
Scoping is meant to be understood in terms of the containment
  in more than one managed object being returned, all of these managed
+
hierarchy.  A position at a certain level of the containment tree is
  objects cannot be returned together in a single CMIP response PDU.
+
defined by the CMIS Managed Object Class parameter. The CMIS Scope
  The reason for this is that the structure of the CMIP response PDU
+
parameter is then interpreted relative to this "base" managed object
  only has a single field for containing object instance information.
+
(defined by both object class and object instance)The Scope
  Since each managed object has its own instance information, each
+
parameter can be used to select the base object alone, all managed
  managed object must be returned in a separate CMIP PDUIn such a
+
objects in the entire subtree (of the containment tree) below the
  case, the CMIP Linked Reply PDU is used.  The Linked Reply PDU
+
base object, or all managed objects in the "n"th level (n = 1, 2,
  provides a means of associating each of the multiple replies with the
+
3,...) below the base object.
  original request that generated them.  Thus, a single CMIP Get
 
  Request PDU that uses scoping and filtering would result in zero or
 
  more CMIP Linked Reply PDUs being returned before a final CMIP Get
 
  Result PDU.
 
  
  A linked reply can also be used to segment a CMIP response pertaining
+
==== Filtering ====
  to a single managed object.  This would only be necessary if UDP is
 
  being used as the underlying transport and it is not possible to
 
  return all the information requested about the managed object in a
 
  single response PDU subject to the size limitations described in
 
  section 10.2.
 
  
5.5. Accessing Tables
+
Within the objects selected as a result of the scope parameter, it is
 +
possible to further refine the selection of managed objects through
 +
the use of filtering. Filtering provides the ability to select a
 +
subset of these objects based on conditions applied to attributes
 +
(e.g., IP routing table entries with the "ipRouteAge > 100") and
 +
logical operations (and, or, not).
  
  This section explains how to use the interpreted Internet SMI and MIB
+
==== Synchronization ====
  
 +
When multiple managed objects have been selected using scoping and
 +
filtering, the question of synchronization across object instances
 +
(such as multiple IP routing table entries) arises.  The two possible
 +
choices are "best effort" and "atomic." If "best effort"
 +
synchronization is selected, the failure to apply an operation (e.g.,
 +
M-SET) to one instance of an object does not affect the effort to
 +
apply this operation to other instances of the object.  If "atomic"
 +
synchronization is selected, then the operation is either performed
 +
on all object instances selected or none.  The default
 +
synchronization is best effort.
  
 +
==== Linked Replies ====
  
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 29]
+
If the reply to a single request for a set of managed objects results
 +
in more than one managed object being returned, all of these managed
 +
objects cannot be returned together in a single CMIP response PDU.
 +
The reason for this is that the structure of the CMIP response PDU
 +
only has a single field for containing object instance information.
 +
Since each managed object has its own instance information, each
 +
managed object must be returned in a separate CMIP PDU.  In such a
 +
case, the CMIP Linked Reply PDU is used.  The Linked Reply PDU
 +
provides a means of associating each of the multiple replies with the
 +
original request that generated them.  Thus, a single CMIP Get
 +
Request PDU that uses scoping and filtering would result in zero or
 +
more CMIP Linked Reply PDUs being returned before a final CMIP Get
 +
Result PDU.
  
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
A linked reply can also be used to segment a CMIP response pertaining
 +
to a single managed object.  This would only be necessary if UDP is
 +
being used as the underlying transport and it is not possible to
 +
return all the information requested about the managed object in a
 +
single response PDU subject to the size limitations described in
 +
section 10.2.
  
 +
=== Accessing Tables ===
  
  to access tables.
+
This section explains how to use the interpreted Internet SMI and MIB
  
5.5.1.  Accessing Whole Tables
+
to access tables.
  
  A whole table is accessed by specifying the object class of the
+
==== Accessing Whole Tables ====
  table, indicating a scoping level of one, and not providing an
 
  attribute identifier list. The CMIS standard [11] specifies that if
 
  the attribute identifier parameter is not present, then all attribute
 
  identifiers are assumed.  The following CMIS parameters would be used
 
  to return the entire TCP connection table:
 
  
        Object Class: { tcpConnTable }
+
A whole table is accessed by specifying the object class of the
        Object Instance: "empty" (unless proxy management is used)
+
table, indicating a scoping level of one, and not providing an
        Scope: oneLevel(1)
+
attribute identifier list. The CMIS standard [11] specifies that if
        Filter: not present
+
the attribute identifier parameter is not present, then all attribute
        Attribute Identifier List: not present
+
identifiers are assumed.  The following CMIS parameters would be used
 +
to return the entire TCP connection table:
  
  By scoping one level below "tcpConnTable," all managed objects of the
+
    Object Class: { tcpConnTable }
  class "tcpConnEntry" are selected.  (The object class "tcpConnEntry"
+
    Object Instance: "empty" (unless proxy management is used)
  is the only object class one level below the object class
+
    Scope: oneLevel(1)
  "tcpConnTable" in the containment hierarchy.) The absence of an
+
    Filter: not present
  attribute identifier list signals that all attributes of the managed
+
    Attribute Identifier List: not present
  object are to be returned (i.e., all fields of the TCP connection
 
  table entry).
 
  
  In reply to this request, each entry of the table will be returned in
+
By scoping one level below "tcpConnTable," all managed objects of the
  a separate CMIP PDU (either a Linked Reply PDU or a Get Result PDU).
+
class "tcpConnEntry" are selected.  (The object class "tcpConnEntry"
  Each reply CMIP PDU will specify the Object Class "tcpConnEntry" and
+
is the only object class one level below the object class
  the appropriate Object Instance information for that entry, as well
+
"tcpConnTable" in the containment hierarchy.) The absence of an
  as an Attribute List giving the values of each of the fields of the
+
attribute identifier list signals that all attributes of the managed
  table entry.
+
object are to be returned (i.e., all fields of the TCP connection
 +
table entry).
  
5.5.2.  Accessing Table Entries
+
In reply to this request, each entry of the table will be returned in
 +
a separate CMIP PDU (either a Linked Reply PDU or a Get Result PDU).
 +
Each reply CMIP PDU will specify the Object Class "tcpConnEntry" and
 +
the appropriate Object Instance information for that entry, as well
 +
as an Attribute List giving the values of each of the fields of the
 +
table entry.
  
  An entire table entry is accessed by specifying the object class of
+
==== Accessing Table Entries ====
  the table entry, providing a distinguished name specifying the
 
  instance of the table entry, and not providing an attribute
 
  identifier list. As seen above, the absence of the attribute
 
  identifier list parameter indicates that all attributes are assumed.
 
  The absence of a scope parameter indicates that the base managed
 
  object class is intended.  The following CMIS parameters would be
 
  used to return the entire IP routing table entry for which the field
 
  "ipRouteDest" has the value 10.0.0.51:
 
  
        Object Class: { ipRouteEntry }
+
An entire table entry is accessed by specifying the object class of
        Object Instance: { ipRouteDest, 10.0.0.51 }
+
the table entry, providing a distinguished name specifying the
        Scope: not present
+
instance of the table entry, and not providing an attribute
        Filter: not present
+
identifier list. As seen above, the absence of the attribute
 +
identifier list parameter indicates that all attributes are assumed.
 +
The absence of a scope parameter indicates that the base managed
 +
object class is intended.  The following CMIS parameters would be
 +
used to return the entire IP routing table entry for which the field
 +
"ipRouteDest" has the value 10.0.0.51:
  
 +
    Object Class: { ipRouteEntry }
 +
    Object Instance: { ipRouteDest, 10.0.0.51 }
 +
    Scope: not present
 +
    Filter: not present
  
 +
    Attribute Identifier List: not present
  
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 30]
+
The result is returned in a single CMIP Get Result PDU with an
 +
attribute list consisting of all of the attributes (i.e., fields) of
 +
the table entry and their corresponding values.
  
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
If the object class field refers to a table entry and no instance
 +
information is provided to select a particular entry, then a
 +
"noSuchObjectInstance" CMIP error should be returned.
  
 +
                    Part II: Protocol Agreements
  
        Attribute Identifier List: not present
+
== CMOT Protocol Overview ==
  
  The result is returned in a single CMIP Get Result PDU with an
+
This part of the document is a specification of the protocols of the
  attribute list consisting of all of the attributes (i.e., fields) of
+
CMOT architecture. Contained herein are the agreements required to
  the table entry and their corresponding values.
+
implement interoperable network management systems using these
 +
protocols. The protocol suite defined by these implementors'
 +
agreements will facilitate communication between equipment of
 +
different vendors, suppliers, and networks.  This will allow the
 +
emergence of powerful multivendor network management based on ISO
 +
models and protocols.
  
  If the object class field refers to a table entry and no instance
+
The choice of a set of protocol standards together with further
  information is provided to select a particular entry, then a
+
agreements needed to implement those standards is commonly referred
  "noSuchObjectInstance" CMIP error should be returned.
+
to as a "profile." The selection policy for the CMOT profile is to
 +
use existing standards from the international standards community
 +
(ISO and CCITT) and the Internet community.  Existing ISO standards
 +
and draft standards in the area of OSI network management form the
 +
basis of this CMOT profile.  Other ISO application layer standards
 +
(ROSE and ACSE) are used to support the ISO management protocol
 +
(CMIP).  To ensure interoperability, certain choices and restrictions
 +
are made here concerning various options and parameters provided by
 +
these standards.  Internet standards are used to provide the
 +
underlying network transport.  These agreements provide a precise
 +
statement of the implementation choices made for implementing ISO
 +
network management standards in TCP/IP-based internets.
  
 +
In addition to the Netman working group, there are at least two other
 +
bodies actively engaged in defining profiles for interoperable OSI
 +
network management: the National Institute of Science and Technology
 +
(NIST) Network Management Special Interest Group (NMSIG) and the OSI
 +
Network Management Forum.  Both of these groups are similar to the
 +
Netman working group in that they are each defining profiles for
 +
using ISO standards for network management.  Both differ in that they
 +
are specifying the use of underlying ISO protocols, while the Netman
 +
working group is concerned with using OSI management in TCP/IP
 +
networks.  In the interest of greater future compatibility, the
 +
Netman working group has attempted to make the CMOT profile conform
 +
as closely as possible to the ongoing work of these two bodies.
  
 +
=== The CMOT Protocol Suite ===
  
 +
The following seven protocols compose the CMOT protocol suite: ISO
 +
ACSE, ISO DIS ROSE, ISO DIS CMIP, the lightweight presentation
 +
protocol (LPP), UDP, TCP, and IP.  The relation of these protocols to
 +
each other is briefly summarized in Figure 2.
  
 +
              +----------------------------------------------+
 +
              |      Management Application Processes      |
 +
              +----------------------------------------------+
  
 +
                          +-------------------+
 +
                          |      CMISE      |
 +
                          | ISO DIS 9595/9596 |
 +
                          +-------------------+
  
 +
              +------------------+      +--------------------+
 +
              |        ACSE      |      |        ROSE        |
 +
              | ISO IS 8649/8650 |      | ISO DIS 9072-1/2  |
 +
              +------------------+      +--------------------+
  
 +
              +-----------------------------------------------+
 +
              |    Lightweight Presentation Protocol (LPP)  |
 +
              |                  [[RFC1085|RFC 1085]]                    |
 +
              +-----------------------------------------------+
  
 +
              +------------------+      +--------------------+
 +
              |      TCP        |      |        UDP        |
 +
              |    [[RFC793|RFC 793]]      |      |      [[RFC768|RFC 768]]      |
 +
              +------------------+      +--------------------+
  
 +
              +-----------------------------------------------+
 +
              |                    IP                        |
 +
              |                  [[RFC791|RFC 791]]                    |
 +
              +-----------------------------------------------+
  
 +
                  Figure 2.  The CMOT Protocol Suite
  
 +
=== Conformance Requirements ===
  
 +
A CMOT-conformant system must implement the following protocols:
 +
ACSE, ROSE, CMIP, LPP, and IP.  A conformant system must support the
 +
use of the LPP over either UDP or TCP.  The use of the LPP over both
 +
UDP and TCP on the same system may be supported.  A conformant system
 +
need not support all CMIS operations.  A conformant system must,
 +
however, support at least one of the functional unit groups
 +
(indicating a set of supported services) defined in section 7.1.3.
 +
The service and protocol selections are described in greater detail
 +
in the following sections.
  
 +
=== Abstract Syntax Notation ===
  
 +
The abstract syntax notation for all of the application service
 +
elements of the CMOT protocol suite is Abstract Syntax Notation One
 +
(ASN.1) [5].  The LPP is also defined using ASN.1.  The basic
  
 +
encoding rules used for ASN.1 are specified in [6].  Both definite-
 +
length and indefinite-length encodings are expressly permitted.
  
 +
== Common Management Information Service Element ==
  
 +
The Common Management Information Service Element (CMISE) is
 +
specified in two ISO documents.  The service definition for the
 +
Common Management Information Service (CMIS) is given in ISO DIS
 +
9595-2 [11].  The protocol specification for the Common Management
 +
Information Protocol (CMIP) is found in ISO DIS 9596-2 [12].
  
 +
=== CMIS Services ===
  
 +
==== CMIS Services Overview ====
  
 +
All of the CMIS services listed in Table 1 are allowed with the CMOT
 +
approach: M-INITIALISE, M-TERMINATE, M-ABORT, M-EVENT-REPORT, M-GET,
 +
M-SET, M-ACTION, M-CREATE, and M-DELETE.  The specific services
 +
supported by a system will be determined by the functional unit group
 +
or groups to which a system belongs.
  
 +
==== Functional Units ====
  
 +
The CMIS services supported are designated in terms of functional
 +
units [11].  Each functional unit corresponds to the invoker or
 +
performer aspect of a particular service.  (The terms "invoker" and
 +
"performer" are taken from ROSE and refer to the caller of and
 +
responder to a remote operation, respectively.) The "stand alone"
 +
functional units associated with each of the management services are
 +
given in Table 2 as functional units 0-17.  The number following the
 +
name of each functional unit in the table is defined by CMIP [12] to
 +
identify that particular functional unit.  The functional units are
 +
used by the CMISE-service-user at the time of association
 +
establishment to indicate which services it is willing to support.
  
 +
+---------------------------------+------------------------+------+
 +
| Functional Unit                | Service Primitives    | Mode |
 +
+---------------------------------+------------------------+------+
 +
| conf. event report invoker(0)  | M-EVENT-REPORT Req/Conf| C    |
 +
| conf. event report performer(1) | M-EVENT-REPORT Ind/Rsp | C    |
 +
| event report invoker(2)        | M-EVENT-REPORT Req    | U    |
 +
| event report performer(3)      | M-EVENT-REPORT Ind    | U    |
 +
| confirmed get invoker(4)        | M-GET Req/Conf        | N/A  |
 +
| confirmed get performer(5)      | M-GET Ind/Rsp          | N/A  |
 +
| confirmed set invoker(6)        | M-SET Req/Conf        | C    |
 +
| confirmed set performer(7)      | M-SET Ind/Rsp          | C    |
 +
| set invoker(8)                  | M-SET Req              | U    |
 +
| set performer(9)                | M-SET Ind              | U    |
 +
| confirmed action invoker(10)    | M-ACTION Req/Conf      | C    |
 +
| confirmed action performer(11)  | M-ACTION Ind/Rsp      | C    |
 +
| action invoker(12)              | M-ACTION Req          | U    |
 +
| action performer(13)            | M-ACTION Ind          | U    |
 +
| confirmed create invoker(14)    | M-CREATE Req/Conf      | N/A  |
 +
| confirmed create performer(15)  | M-CREATE Ind/Rsp      | N/A  |
 +
| confirmed delete invoker(16)    | M-DELETE Req/Conf      | N/A  |
 +
| confirmed delete performer(17)  | M-DELETE Ind/Rsp      | N/A  |
 +
| multiple reply(18)              | Linked Identification  | N/A  |
 +
| multiple object selection(19)  | Scope, Filter, Sync.  | N/A  |
 +
| extended service(20)            | Extended Presentation  | N/A  |
 +
+---------------------------------+------------------------+------+
 +
C = confirmed, U = non-confirmed, N/A = not applicable
  
 +
                      Table 2.  Functional Units
  
 +
In addition to the stand alone functional units, there are three
 +
additional functional units.  If any of these additional functional
 +
units are selected, then at least one of the stand alone functional
 +
units must be selected.  The multiple reply functional unit makes
 +
available the use of the linked identification parameter in the
 +
selected stand alone functional units.  This makes possible the use
 +
of linked reply (multiple CMIP PDU responses to a single request).
 +
The multiple object selection functional unit makes available the use
 +
of the scope, filter, and synchronization parameters in the selected
 +
stand alone functional units.  If the multiple object selection
 +
functional unit is selected, then the multiple reply functional unit
 +
must also be selected.  The extended services functional unit makes
 +
available presentation layer services in addition to the P-DATA
 +
service.  Selecting this functional unit has no effect in the context
 +
of CMOT, since the lightweight presentation layer provides only
 +
minimal ISO presentation services.
  
 +
==== Functional Unit Groups ====
  
 +
In order to assist in the reduction of code size and complexity for
 +
different types of devices, a number of "functional unit groups" have
 +
been defined.  Each of these groups indicates a set of services
 +
defined for either a manager or an agent.  The "negotiation"
 +
concerning which functional unit groups are supported is done by
 +
means of the Functional Units parameter of the M-INITIALISE service
 +
(see section 7.1.4.1).  There are five functional unit groups for
 +
managers: Event Monitor, Monitoring Manager, Simple Manager,
 +
Controlling Manager, and Full Manager.  Each functional unit group is
 +
a superset of the preceding group.  There are five functional unit
 +
groups for agents: Event Sender, Monitored Agent, Simple Agent,
 +
Controlled Agent, and Full Agent.  Again, each functional unit group
 +
is a superset of the preceding group.  The operations supported for
 +
each functional unit group are summarized in Table 3.
  
 +
+--------------------+------+-----+-----+-------+------+-----+------+
 +
|                    |Event | Get | Set |Create/|Action|Mult.|Mult. |
 +
|Functional Unit    |Report|    |    |Delete |      |Reply|Object|
 +
|Groups              |      |    |    |      |      |    |Select|
 +
+--------------------+------+-----+-----+-------+------+-----+------+
 +
| 1. Event Monitor  | U    | no  | no  | no    | no  | no  | no  |
 +
| 2. Event Sender    | U    | no  | no  | no    | no  | no  | no  |
 +
| 3. Monitoring Mgr. | U    | yes | no  | no    | no  | no  | no  |
 +
| 4. Monitored Agent | U    | yes | no  | no    | no  | no  | no  |
 +
| 5. Simple Manager  | U    | yes | C  | no    | no  | yes | no*  |
 +
| 6. Simple Agent    | U    | yes | C  | no    | no  | yes | no*  |
 +
| 7. Controlling Mgr.| U    | yes | U/C | yes  | no  | yes | yes  |
 +
| 8. Controlled Agent| U    | yes | U/C | yes  | no  | yes | yes  |
 +
| 9. Full Manager    | U/C  | yes | U/C | yes  | U/C  | yes | yes  |
 +
|10. Full Agent      | U/C  | yes | U/C | yes  | U/C  | yes | yes  |
 +
+--------------------+------+-----+-----+-------+------+-----+------+
 +
C = confirmed, U = non-confirmed
 +
* Simple Managers and Agents must support "oneLevel" scoping for all
 +
  and only those cases where it is required to access a whole table
 +
  and may support synchronization other than "best effort"; no support
 +
  for filtering is required.
  
 +
                    Table 3.  Functional Unit Groups
  
 +
A conformant system must support at least one of these functional
 +
unit groups.  A system may support both a manager group and an agent
 +
group.  A system only needs to implement the services and service
 +
primitives required for the groups that it supports.  In addition, a
 +
system may support services that are not required by any group that
  
 +
it supports.
  
 +
==== M-INITIALISE Parameters ====
  
 +
The M-INITIALISE service is provided by the ACSE A-ASSOCIATE service.
 +
The parameters for the M-INITIALISE service are defined in [11] and
 +
summarized in Table 4.
  
 +
              +-------------------+-----------+-----------+
 +
              | Parameter Name    | Req/Ind  | Rsp/Conf  |
 +
              +-------------------+-----------+-----------+
 +
              | Functional Units  | Mandatory | Mandatory |
 +
              | User Information  | Optional  | Optional  |
 +
              | Access Control    | Optional  | Optional  |
 +
              +-------------------+-----------+-----------+
  
 +
                    Table 4. M-INITIALISE Parameters
  
 +
Notice that the further agreement has been made that the Functional
 +
Units parameter is mandatory at all times.  The M-INITIALISE
 +
parameters are conveyed as ACSE user information in the ACSE request
 +
PDU.
  
 +
===== Functional Units =====
  
 
+
The exchange of functional units between the initiating CMISE-
 
+
service-user and the responding CMISE-service-user is required.  This
 
+
allows the CMIS-service-users to inform each other which functional
 
+
units are supported.  CMIP [12] defines a 21-bit BIT STRING to
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 31]
+
communicate which functional units are supported.  A functional unit
 
+
is supported if the corresponding bit in this bit string is one.  The
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
correspondence between functional units and functional unit groups is
 
+
given in Table 5.  The left column gives the functional unit
 
+
corresponding to a particular bit position. The numbers along the top
                      Part II: Protocol Agreements
+
of the table indicate the functional unit group (the numbers of the
 
+
functional unit groups are given in Table 3).  The various columns
6.  CMOT Protocol Overview
+
indicate the value of each bit for a particular functional unit
 
+
group.
  This part of the document is a specification of the protocols of the
 
  CMOT architecture. Contained herein are the agreements required to
 
  implement interoperable network management systems using these
 
  protocols.  The protocol suite defined by these implementors'
 
  agreements will facilitate communication between equipment of
 
  different vendors, suppliers, and networks.  This will allow the
 
  emergence of powerful multivendor network management based on ISO
 
  models and protocols.
 
 
 
  The choice of a set of protocol standards together with further
 
  agreements needed to implement those standards is commonly referred
 
  to as a "profile." The selection policy for the CMOT profile is to
 
  use existing standards from the international standards community
 
  (ISO and CCITT) and the Internet community.  Existing ISO standards
 
  and draft standards in the area of OSI network management form the
 
  basis of this CMOT profile.  Other ISO application layer standards
 
  (ROSE and ACSE) are used to support the ISO management protocol
 
  (CMIP).  To ensure interoperability, certain choices and restrictions
 
  are made here concerning various options and parameters provided by
 
  these standards.  Internet standards are used to provide the
 
  underlying network transport.  These agreements provide a precise
 
  statement of the implementation choices made for implementing ISO
 
  network management standards in TCP/IP-based internets.
 
 
 
  In addition to the Netman working group, there are at least two other
 
  bodies actively engaged in defining profiles for interoperable OSI
 
  network management: the National Institute of Science and Technology
 
  (NIST) Network Management Special Interest Group (NMSIG) and the OSI
 
  Network Management Forum.  Both of these groups are similar to the
 
  Netman working group in that they are each defining profiles for
 
  using ISO standards for network management.  Both differ in that they
 
  are specifying the use of underlying ISO protocols, while the Netman
 
  working group is concerned with using OSI management in TCP/IP
 
  networks.  In the interest of greater future compatibility, the
 
  Netman working group has attempted to make the CMOT profile conform
 
  as closely as possible to the ongoing work of these two bodies.
 
 
 
6.1.  The CMOT Protocol Suite
 
 
 
  The following seven protocols compose the CMOT protocol suite: ISO
 
  ACSE, ISO DIS ROSE, ISO DIS CMIP, the lightweight presentation
 
  protocol (LPP), UDP, TCP, and IP.  The relation of these protocols to
 
  each other is briefly summarized in Figure 2.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 32]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                +----------------------------------------------+
 
                |      Management Application Processes      |
 
                +----------------------------------------------+
 
 
 
                            +-------------------+
 
                            |      CMISE      |
 
                            | ISO DIS 9595/9596 |
 
                            +-------------------+
 
 
 
                +------------------+      +--------------------+
 
                |        ACSE      |      |        ROSE        |
 
                | ISO IS 8649/8650 |      | ISO DIS 9072-1/2  |
 
                +------------------+      +--------------------+
 
 
 
                +-----------------------------------------------+
 
                |    Lightweight Presentation Protocol (LPP)  |
 
                |                  RFC 1085                    |
 
                +-----------------------------------------------+
 
 
 
                +------------------+      +--------------------+
 
                |      TCP        |      |        UDP        |
 
                |    RFC 793      |      |      RFC 768      |
 
                +------------------+      +--------------------+
 
 
 
                +-----------------------------------------------+
 
                |                    IP                        |
 
                |                  RFC 791                    |
 
                +-----------------------------------------------+
 
 
 
                      Figure 2.  The CMOT Protocol Suite
 
 
 
6.2.  Conformance Requirements
 
 
 
  A CMOT-conformant system must implement the following protocols:
 
  ACSE, ROSE, CMIP, LPP, and IP.  A conformant system must support the
 
  use of the LPP over either UDP or TCP.  The use of the LPP over both
 
  UDP and TCP on the same system may be supported.  A conformant system
 
  need not support all CMIS operations.  A conformant system must,
 
  however, support at least one of the functional unit groups
 
  (indicating a set of supported services) defined in section 7.1.3.
 
  The service and protocol selections are described in greater detail
 
  in the following sections.
 
 
 
6.3.  Abstract Syntax Notation
 
 
 
  The abstract syntax notation for all of the application service
 
  elements of the CMOT protocol suite is Abstract Syntax Notation One
 
  (ASN.1) [5].  The LPP is also defined using ASN.1.  The basic
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 33]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
  encoding rules used for ASN.1 are specified in [6].  Both definite-
 
  length and indefinite-length encodings are expressly permitted.
 
 
 
7.  Common Management Information Service Element
 
 
 
  The Common Management Information Service Element (CMISE) is
 
  specified in two ISO documents.  The service definition for the
 
  Common Management Information Service (CMIS) is given in ISO DIS
 
  9595-2 [11].  The protocol specification for the Common Management
 
  Information Protocol (CMIP) is found in ISO DIS 9596-2 [12].
 
 
 
7.1.  CMIS Services
 
 
 
7.1.1.  CMIS Services Overview
 
 
 
  All of the CMIS services listed in Table 1 are allowed with the CMOT
 
  approach: M-INITIALISE, M-TERMINATE, M-ABORT, M-EVENT-REPORT, M-GET,
 
  M-SET, M-ACTION, M-CREATE, and M-DELETE.  The specific services
 
  supported by a system will be determined by the functional unit group
 
  or groups to which a system belongs.
 
 
 
7.1.2.  Functional Units
 
 
 
  The CMIS services supported are designated in terms of functional
 
  units [11].  Each functional unit corresponds to the invoker or
 
  performer aspect of a particular service.  (The terms "invoker" and
 
  "performer" are taken from ROSE and refer to the caller of and
 
  responder to a remote operation, respectively.) The "stand alone"
 
  functional units associated with each of the management services are
 
  given in Table 2 as functional units 0-17.  The number following the
 
  name of each functional unit in the table is defined by CMIP [12] to
 
  identify that particular functional unit.  The functional units are
 
  used by the CMISE-service-user at the time of association
 
  establishment to indicate which services it is willing to support.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 34]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
  +---------------------------------+------------------------+------+
 
  | Functional Unit                | Service Primitives    | Mode |
 
  +---------------------------------+------------------------+------+
 
  | conf. event report invoker(0)  | M-EVENT-REPORT Req/Conf| C    |
 
  | conf. event report performer(1) | M-EVENT-REPORT Ind/Rsp | C    |
 
  | event report invoker(2)        | M-EVENT-REPORT Req    | U    |
 
  | event report performer(3)      | M-EVENT-REPORT Ind    | U    |
 
  | confirmed get invoker(4)        | M-GET Req/Conf        | N/A  |
 
  | confirmed get performer(5)      | M-GET Ind/Rsp          | N/A  |
 
  | confirmed set invoker(6)        | M-SET Req/Conf        | C    |
 
  | confirmed set performer(7)      | M-SET Ind/Rsp          | C    |
 
  | set invoker(8)                  | M-SET Req              | U    |
 
  | set performer(9)                | M-SET Ind              | U    |
 
  | confirmed action invoker(10)    | M-ACTION Req/Conf      | C    |
 
  | confirmed action performer(11)  | M-ACTION Ind/Rsp      | C    |
 
  | action invoker(12)              | M-ACTION Req          | U    |
 
  | action performer(13)            | M-ACTION Ind          | U    |
 
  | confirmed create invoker(14)    | M-CREATE Req/Conf      | N/A  |
 
  | confirmed create performer(15)  | M-CREATE Ind/Rsp      | N/A  |
 
  | confirmed delete invoker(16)    | M-DELETE Req/Conf      | N/A  |
 
  | confirmed delete performer(17)  | M-DELETE Ind/Rsp      | N/A  |
 
  | multiple reply(18)              | Linked Identification  | N/A  |
 
  | multiple object selection(19)  | Scope, Filter, Sync.  | N/A  |
 
  | extended service(20)            | Extended Presentation  | N/A  |
 
  +---------------------------------+------------------------+------+
 
    C = confirmed, U = non-confirmed, N/A = not applicable
 
 
 
                          Table 2.  Functional Units
 
 
 
  In addition to the stand alone functional units, there are three
 
  additional functional units.  If any of these additional functional
 
  units are selected, then at least one of the stand alone functional
 
  units must be selected.  The multiple reply functional unit makes
 
  available the use of the linked identification parameter in the
 
  selected stand alone functional units.  This makes possible the use
 
  of linked reply (multiple CMIP PDU responses to a single request).
 
  The multiple object selection functional unit makes available the use
 
  of the scope, filter, and synchronization parameters in the selected
 
  stand alone functional units.  If the multiple object selection
 
  functional unit is selected, then the multiple reply functional unit
 
  must also be selected.  The extended services functional unit makes
 
  available presentation layer services in addition to the P-DATA
 
  service.  Selecting this functional unit has no effect in the context
 
  of CMOT, since the lightweight presentation layer provides only
 
  minimal ISO presentation services.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 35]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
7.1.3.  Functional Unit Groups
 
 
 
  In order to assist in the reduction of code size and complexity for
 
  different types of devices, a number of "functional unit groups" have
 
  been defined.  Each of these groups indicates a set of services
 
  defined for either a manager or an agent.  The "negotiation"
 
  concerning which functional unit groups are supported is done by
 
  means of the Functional Units parameter of the M-INITIALISE service
 
  (see section 7.1.4.1).  There are five functional unit groups for
 
  managers: Event Monitor, Monitoring Manager, Simple Manager,
 
  Controlling Manager, and Full Manager.  Each functional unit group is
 
  a superset of the preceding group.  There are five functional unit
 
  groups for agents: Event Sender, Monitored Agent, Simple Agent,
 
  Controlled Agent, and Full Agent.  Again, each functional unit group
 
  is a superset of the preceding group.  The operations supported for
 
  each functional unit group are summarized in Table 3.
 
 
 
 
 
  +--------------------+------+-----+-----+-------+------+-----+------+
 
  |                    |Event | Get | Set |Create/|Action|Mult.|Mult. |
 
  |Functional Unit    |Report|    |    |Delete |      |Reply|Object|
 
  |Groups              |      |    |    |      |      |    |Select|
 
  +--------------------+------+-----+-----+-------+------+-----+------+
 
  | 1. Event Monitor  | U    | no  | no  | no    | no  | no  | no  |
 
  | 2. Event Sender    | U    | no  | no  | no    | no  | no  | no  |
 
  | 3. Monitoring Mgr. | U    | yes | no  | no    | no  | no  | no  |
 
  | 4. Monitored Agent | U    | yes | no  | no    | no  | no  | no  |
 
  | 5. Simple Manager  | U    | yes | C  | no    | no  | yes | no*  |
 
  | 6. Simple Agent    | U    | yes | C  | no    | no  | yes | no*  |
 
  | 7. Controlling Mgr.| U    | yes | U/C | yes  | no  | yes | yes  |
 
  | 8. Controlled Agent| U    | yes | U/C | yes  | no  | yes | yes  |
 
  | 9. Full Manager    | U/C  | yes | U/C | yes  | U/C  | yes | yes  |
 
  |10. Full Agent      | U/C  | yes | U/C | yes  | U/C  | yes | yes  |
 
  +--------------------+------+-----+-----+-------+------+-----+------+
 
    C = confirmed, U = non-confirmed
 
    * Simple Managers and Agents must support "oneLevel" scoping for all
 
      and only those cases where it is required to access a whole table
 
      and may support synchronization other than "best effort"; no support
 
      for filtering is required.
 
 
 
                      Table 3.  Functional Unit Groups
 
 
 
 
 
  A conformant system must support at least one of these functional
 
  unit groups.  A system may support both a manager group and an agent
 
  group.  A system only needs to implement the services and service
 
  primitives required for the groups that it supports.  In addition, a
 
  system may support services that are not required by any group that
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 36]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
  it supports.
 
 
 
7.1.4.  M-INITIALISE Parameters
 
 
 
  The M-INITIALISE service is provided by the ACSE A-ASSOCIATE service.
 
  The parameters for the M-INITIALISE service are defined in [11] and
 
  summarized in Table 4.
 
 
 
 
 
                +-------------------+-----------+-----------+
 
                | Parameter Name    | Req/Ind  | Rsp/Conf  |
 
                +-------------------+-----------+-----------+
 
                | Functional Units  | Mandatory | Mandatory |
 
                | User Information  | Optional  | Optional  |
 
                | Access Control    | Optional  | Optional  |
 
                +-------------------+-----------+-----------+
 
 
 
                      Table 4. M-INITIALISE Parameters
 
 
 
 
 
  Notice that the further agreement has been made that the Functional
 
  Units parameter is mandatory at all times.  The M-INITIALISE
 
  parameters are conveyed as ACSE user information in the ACSE request
 
  PDU.
 
 
 
7.1.4.1.  Functional Units
 
 
 
  The exchange of functional units between the initiating CMISE-
 
  service-user and the responding CMISE-service-user is required.  This
 
  allows the CMIS-service-users to inform each other which functional
 
  units are supported.  CMIP [12] defines a 21-bit BIT STRING to
 
  communicate which functional units are supported.  A functional unit
 
  is supported if the corresponding bit in this bit string is one.  The
 
  correspondence between functional units and functional unit groups is
 
  given in Table 5.  The left column gives the functional unit
 
  corresponding to a particular bit position. The numbers along the top
 
  of the table indicate the functional unit group (the numbers of the
 
  functional unit groups are given in Table 3).  The various columns
 
  indicate the value of each bit for a particular functional unit
 
  group.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 37]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
  
 
+------------------------------+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+
 
+------------------------------+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+
Line 2,104: Line 1,593:
 
|                              | M | A | M | A | M | A | M | A | M | A |
 
|                              | M | A | M | A | M | A | M | A | M | A |
 
+------------------------------+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+
 
+------------------------------+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+
        1 = supported, 0 = not supported, M = manager, A = agent
+
    1 = supported, 0 = not supported, M = manager, A = agent
  
                    Table 5.  Functional Unit Group Values
+
                  Table 5.  Functional Unit Group Values
  
 +
The "negotiation" using functional units proceeds as follows.  The
 +
initiating CMISE-service-user (manager or agent) sends the functional
 +
units representing the functional unit group to which it belongs.
 +
The responding CMISE-service-user sends the functional units
 +
representing the functional unit group to which it belongs.  (If an
 +
application process belongs to both a manager and an agent functional
 +
unit group, then both functional unit groups are indicated using the
 +
same functional unit bit string.) If the functional unit groups
 +
supported by the two application entities do not allow meaningful
 +
communication, then either entity may refuse the association.
 +
Meaningful communication is defined as the ability of the entity to
 +
invoke or perform at least one CMIS operation supported by the other
 +
entity (i.e., some "complementary" set of functional units exists).
 +
After an association has been established, a system must provide the
 +
proper response for functional units that it has indicated it can
 +
support and should gracefully refuse other requests in accordance
  
  The "negotiation" using functional units proceeds as follows.  The
+
with the protocol.
  initiating CMISE-service-user (manager or agent) sends the functional
 
  units representing the functional unit group to which it belongs.
 
  The responding CMISE-service-user sends the functional units
 
  representing the functional unit group to which it belongs.  (If an
 
  application process belongs to both a manager and an agent functional
 
  unit group, then both functional unit groups are indicated using the
 
  same functional unit bit string.) If the functional unit groups
 
  supported by the two application entities do not allow meaningful
 
  communication, then either entity may refuse the association.
 
  Meaningful communication is defined as the ability of the entity to
 
  invoke or perform at least one CMIS operation supported by the other
 
  entity (i.e., some "complementary" set of functional units exists).
 
  After an association has been established, a system must provide the
 
  proper response for functional units that it has indicated it can
 
  support and should gracefully refuse other requests in accordance
 
  
 +
===== User Information =====
  
 +
The User Information parameter is optional.  No entity is required to
 +
send this parameter, but all entities are expected to tolerate
 +
receipt of it.
  
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 38]
+
One possible use of the User Information parameter is to convey
 +
information describing MIB extensions supported by the manager or
 +
agent.  This can be viewed as a further way of refining the
 +
application context.  The mechanism for doing this is not defined at
 +
this time.
  
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
===== Access Control =====
  
 +
The CMIS M-INITIALISE Access Control parameter is optional.  Access
 +
control is supported on a per association basis using ACSE.  It is
 +
recommended (but not required) that the access control parameter be
 +
used for each A-ASSOCIATE request (via M-INITIALISE).
  
  with the protocol.
+
Access control is also possible on a per request basis with the CMIS
 +
Access Control parameter. This parameter might be used to implement
 +
security similar to the community access rights mechanism provided by
 +
SNMP [4].  It is expected that the Access Control parameter will be
 +
used to implement the standard TCP/IP authentication mechanism once
 +
this has been defined.
  
7.1.4.2.  User Information
+
=== Supporting Services ===
  
  The User Information parameter is optionalNo entity is required to
+
The M-INITIALISE, M-TERMINATE, and M-ABORT services assume the use of
  send this parameter, but all entities are expected to tolerate
+
ACSEThe following ACSE services are required: A-ASSOCIATE, A-
  receipt of it.
+
RELEASE, A-ABORT, and A-P-ABORT.  The rest of the CMIP protocol uses
 +
the RO-INVOKE, RO-RESULT, RO-ERROR, and RO-REJECT services of ROSE.
  
  One possible use of the User Information parameter is to convey
+
=== CMIP Agreements ===
  information describing MIB extensions supported by the manager or
 
  agent.  This can be viewed as a further way of refining the
 
  application context.  The mechanism for doing this is not defined at
 
  this time.
 
  
7.1.4.3.  Access Control
+
The following sections contain specific CMIP agreements in addition
 +
to those specified in the CMIP standard [12].
  
  The CMIS M-INITIALISE Access Control parameter is optional.  Access
+
==== Invoke Identifier ====
  control is supported on a per association basis using ACSE.  It is
 
  recommended (but not required) that the access control parameter be
 
  used for each A-ASSOCIATE request (via M-INITIALISE).
 
  
  Access control is also possible on a per request basis with the CMIS
+
It is required that there be a unique invoke identifier (present in
  Access Control parameter. This parameter might be used to implement
+
the ROSE PDU) for successive invocations on the same association.
  security similar to the community access rights mechanism provided by
+
The invoke identifier is provided by the invoking CMISE-service-user.
  SNMP [4].  It is expected that the Access Control parameter will be
+
Invoke identifiers should increase monotonically during the lifetime
  used to implement the standard TCP/IP authentication mechanism once
+
of an association.  Semantically, the invoke identifier is a Counter
  this has been defined.
+
as defined in [2].  Unique identifiers will allow the detection of
  
7.2.  Supporting Services
+
lost and duplicate requests.
  
  The M-INITIALISE, M-TERMINATE, and M-ABORT services assume the use of
+
==== Object Class ====
  ACSE.  The following ACSE services are required: A-ASSOCIATE, A-
 
  RELEASE, A-ABORT, and A-P-ABORT.  The rest of the CMIP protocol uses
 
  the RO-INVOKE, RO-RESULT, RO-ERROR, and RO-REJECT services of ROSE.
 
  
7.3.  CMIP Agreements
+
The object class field of all CMIP PDUs shall be limited to the
 +
"globalForm" choice:
  
  The following sections contain specific CMIP agreements in addition
+
        ObjectClass ::=
   to those specified in the CMIP standard [12].
+
            CHOICE {
 +
                  globalForm   [0] IMPLICIT OBJECT IDENTIFIER
 +
            }
  
7.3.1.  Invoke Identifier
+
==== Object Instance ====
  
  It is required that there be a unique invoke identifier (present in
+
The object instance field of all CMIP PDUs is limited to the
  the ROSE PDU) for successive invocations on the same association.
+
"distinguishedName" choice:
  The invoke identifier is provided by the invoking CMISE-service-user.
 
  Invoke identifiers should increase monotonically during the lifetime
 
  of an association.  Semantically, the invoke identifier is a Counter
 
  as defined in [2].  Unique identifiers will allow the detection of
 
  
 +
        ObjectInstance ::=
 +
            CHOICE {
 +
                  distinguishedName  [2] IMPLICIT DistinguishedName
 +
            }
  
 +
The definition for DistinguishedName is imported from CCITT X.500 and
 +
ISO DIS 9594-2 [26]:
  
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 39]
+
DistinguishedName ::= RDNSequence
 +
RDNSequence ::= SEQUENCE OF RelativeDistinguishedName
 +
RelativeDistinguishedName ::= SET OF AttributeValueAssertion
  
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
The definition for AttributeValueAssertion is contained in CMIP [12]:
  
 +
AttributeValueAssertion ::= SEQUENCE { AttributeId, AttributeValue }
 +
AttributeId ::=
 +
    CHOICE {
 +
          globalId  [0] IMPLICIT OBJECT IDENTIFIER
 +
          localId    [1] IMPLICIT INTEGER
 +
    }
 +
AttributeValue ::= ANY DEFINED BY attributeId
  
  lost and duplicate requests.
+
Those attributes to be used as the distinguished attributes of a
 +
managed object are defined at the time of registration of the object
 +
class and are identified in the NAMES clause of the OBJECT-CLASS
 +
macro.
  
7.3.2.  Object Class
+
When there is no instance information to convey about a managed
 +
object, then the following "empty" object instance shall be used: The
 +
"distinguishedName" choice of ObjectInstance shall be an RDNSequence
 +
consisting of a SEQUENCE of one RelativeDistinguishedName. That
 +
RelativeDistinguishedName shall be an empty SET of
 +
AttributeValueAssertions.
  
  The object class field of all CMIP PDUs shall be limited to the
+
==== Access Control ====
  "globalForm" choice:
 
  
 +
The access control parameter is optional.  The receipt of this
 +
parameter must be tolerated (i.e., gracefully accepted), but a
 +
receiving entity is free to ignore this information.  The Access
 +
Control field is defined in [12] as EXTERNAL.  Until a more
 +
sophisticated access control mechanism is defined, simple
 +
authentication can be accomplished by using an unencrypted password
 +
in the access control field.  The definition of this EXTERNAL is the
 +
same as that for the ACSE Access Control field (section 8.3.2).
  
          ObjectClass ::=
+
==== Synchronization ====
                CHOICE {
+
 
                    globalForm    [0] IMPLICIT OBJECT IDENTIFIER
+
Support for "best effort" synchronization is required.  Atomic
                }
+
synchronization may also be supported, but is not required.
  
 +
==== Scope ====
  
7.3.3.  Object Instance
+
Scoping is supported if the multiple object selection functional unit
 +
is selected. If scoping is supported, all values of the scope field
 +
shall be supported.
  
  The object instance field of all CMIP PDUs is limited to the
+
==== Filter ====
  "distinguishedName" choice:
 
  
 +
Filtering is supported if the multiple object selection functional
 +
unit is selected.  If filtering is supported, it is not required that
 +
all features of filtering be supported.  The following are the
 +
minimal filtering requirements for any system that supports
 +
filtering.  In the CMIP field CMISFilter, at least two instances of
 +
the binary operators ("and," "or") must be supported.  Support for
 +
additional instances of these operators is not required.  Double
 +
"not" need not be supported.  In FilterItem, the arithmetic
 +
operations ("equality", "greaterOrEqual," "lessOrEqual") must be
 +
supported.  The "present" choice of FilterItem must also be
 +
supported.  It is not required to support string operations (namely,
 +
the "substrings" choice of the FilterItem type).  Thus, the minimal
 +
requirements for filtering yield this restricted definition of
 +
FilterItem:
  
           ObjectInstance ::=
+
           FilterItem ::=
 
                 CHOICE {
 
                 CHOICE {
                     distinguishedName  [2] IMPLICIT DistinguishedName
+
                     equality      [0] AttributeValueAssertion,
 +
                    greaterOrEqual [2] AttributeValueAssertion,
 +
                    lessOrEqual    [3] AttributeValueAssertion,
 +
                    present        [4] AttributeID
 
                 }
 
                 }
  
 +
==== Attribute Identifier ====
  
  The definition for DistinguishedName is imported from CCITT X.500 and
+
Both choices for the CMIP AttributeId field are allowed:
  ISO DIS 9594-2 [26]:
 
  
  DistinguishedName ::= RDNSequence
+
          AttributeId ::=
  RDNSequence ::= SEQUENCE OF RelativeDistinguishedName
+
                CHOICE {
  RelativeDistinguishedName ::= SET OF AttributeValueAssertion
+
                    globalId  [0] IMPLICIT OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
 +
                    localId  [1] IMPLICIT INTEGER
 +
                }
  
  The definition for AttributeValueAssertion is contained in CMIP [12]:
+
The "globalId" form of AttributeId is required if scoping is used
 +
(i.e., the value of the scope field is other than "baseObject").
  
  AttributeValueAssertion ::= SEQUENCE { AttributeId, AttributeValue }
+
==== Event Type Identifier ====
  AttributeId ::=
 
        CHOICE {
 
              globalId  [0] IMPLICIT OBJECT IDENTIFIER
 
              localId    [1] IMPLICIT INTEGER
 
        }
 
  AttributeValue ::= ANY DEFINED BY attributeId
 
  
  Those attributes to be used as the distinguished attributes of a
+
Both choices for the CMIP EventTypeId field are allowed:
  managed object are defined at the time of registration of the object
 
  class and are identified in the NAMES clause of the OBJECT-CLASS
 
  macro.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 40]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
  When there is no instance information to convey about a managed
 
  object, then the following "empty" object instance shall be used: The
 
  "distinguishedName" choice of ObjectInstance shall be an RDNSequence
 
  consisting of a SEQUENCE of one RelativeDistinguishedName. That
 
  RelativeDistinguishedName shall be an empty SET of
 
  AttributeValueAssertions.
 
 
 
7.3.4.  Access Control
 
 
 
  The access control parameter is optional.  The receipt of this
 
  parameter must be tolerated (i.e., gracefully accepted), but a
 
  receiving entity is free to ignore this information.  The Access
 
  Control field is defined in [12] as EXTERNAL.  Until a more
 
  sophisticated access control mechanism is defined, simple
 
  authentication can be accomplished by using an unencrypted password
 
  in the access control field.  The definition of this EXTERNAL is the
 
  same as that for the ACSE Access Control field (section 8.3.2).
 
 
 
7.3.5.  Synchronization
 
 
 
  Support for "best effort" synchronization is required.  Atomic
 
  synchronization may also be supported, but is not required.
 
 
 
7.3.6.  Scope
 
 
 
  Scoping is supported if the multiple object selection functional unit
 
  is selected.  If scoping is supported, all values of the scope field
 
  shall be supported.
 
 
 
7.3.7.  Filter
 
 
 
  Filtering is supported if the multiple object selection functional
 
  unit is selected.  If filtering is supported, it is not required that
 
  all features of filtering be supported.  The following are the
 
  minimal filtering requirements for any system that supports
 
  filtering.  In the CMIP field CMISFilter, at least two instances of
 
  the binary operators ("and," "or") must be supported.  Support for
 
  additional instances of these operators is not required.  Double
 
  "not" need not be supported.  In FilterItem, the arithmetic
 
  operations ("equality", "greaterOrEqual," "lessOrEqual") must be
 
  supported.  The "present" choice of FilterItem must also be
 
  supported.  It is not required to support string operations (namely,
 
  the "substrings" choice of the FilterItem type).  Thus, the minimal
 
  requirements for filtering yield this restricted definition of
 
  FilterItem:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 41]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
              FilterItem ::=
 
                  CHOICE {
 
                        equality      [0] AttributeValueAssertion,
 
                        greaterOrEqual [2] AttributeValueAssertion,
 
                        lessOrEqual    [3] AttributeValueAssertion,
 
                        present        [4] AttributeID
 
                  }
 
 
 
 
 
7.3.8.  Attribute Identifier
 
 
 
  Both choices for the CMIP AttributeId field are allowed:
 
 
 
 
 
              AttributeId ::=
 
                  CHOICE {
 
                        globalId  [0] IMPLICIT OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
 
                        localId  [1] IMPLICIT INTEGER
 
                  }
 
 
 
 
 
  The "globalId" form of AttributeId is required if scoping is used
 
  (i.e., the value of the scope field is other than "baseObject").
 
 
 
7.3.9.  Event Type Identifier
 
 
 
  Both choices for the CMIP EventTypeId field are allowed:
 
 
 
 
 
              EventTypeId ::=
 
                  CHOICE {
 
                        globalId  [6] IMPLICIT OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
 
                        localId  [7] IMPLICIT INTEGER
 
                  }
 
  
 +
          EventTypeId ::=
 +
                CHOICE {
 +
                    globalId  [6] IMPLICIT OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
 +
                    localId  [7] IMPLICIT INTEGER
 +
                }
  
 
7.3.10.  Action Type Identifier
 
7.3.10.  Action Type Identifier
  
  Both choices for the CMIP ActionTypeId field are allowed:
+
Both choices for the CMIP ActionTypeId field are allowed:
  
 +
          ActionTypeId ::=
 +
                CHOICE {
 +
                    globalId  [2] IMPLICIT OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
 +
                    localId  [3] IMPLICIT INTEGER
 +
                }
  
              ActionTypeId ::=
+
The "globalId" form of ActionTypeId is required if scoping is used
                  CHOICE {
+
(i.e., the value of the scope field is other than "baseObject").
                        globalId  [2] IMPLICIT OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
 
                        localId  [3] IMPLICIT INTEGER
 
                  }
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 42]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
  The "globalId" form of ActionTypeId is required if scoping is used
 
  (i.e., the value of the scope field is other than "baseObject").
 
  
 
7.3.11.  Time Fields
 
7.3.11.  Time Fields
  
  The "eventTime" field of the m-EventReport Invoke PDU and the m-
+
The "eventTime" field of the m-EventReport Invoke PDU and the m-
  EventConfirmedReport Invoke PDU must be present.
+
EventConfirmedReport Invoke PDU must be present.
  
  The "currentTime" field of the following PDUs must be present: the
+
The "currentTime" field of the following PDUs must be present: the
  m-EventReport Confirmed Result PDU, the m-Get Result PDU, the m-Set
+
m-EventReport Confirmed Result PDU, the m-Get Result PDU, the m-Set
  Result PDU, the m-Action Confirmed Result PDU, the m-Create Result
+
Result PDU, the m-Action Confirmed Result PDU, the m-Create Result
  PDU, the m-Delete Result PDU, the GetListError Error PDU, and the
+
PDU, the m-Delete Result PDU, the GetListError Error PDU, and the
  SetListError Error PDU.
+
SetListError Error PDU.
  
  All CMIP time fields shall use the ASN.1 GeneralizedTime type defined
+
All CMIP time fields shall use the ASN.1 GeneralizedTime type defined
  in [5] with 1 millisecond granularity.
+
in [5] with 1 millisecond granularity.
  
  If the system generating the PDU does not have the current time, yet
+
If the system generating the PDU does not have the current time, yet
  does have the time since last boot, then GeneralizedTime can be used
+
does have the time since last boot, then GeneralizedTime can be used
  to encode this information.  The time since last boot will be added
+
to encode this information.  The time since last boot will be added
  to the base time "0001 Jan 1 00:00:00.00" using the Gregorian
+
to the base time "0001 Jan 1 00:00:00.00" using the Gregorian
  calendar algorithm.  (In the Gregorian calendar, all years have 365
+
calendar algorithm.  (In the Gregorian calendar, all years have 365
  days except those divisible by 4 and not by 400, which have 366.) The
+
days except those divisible by 4 and not by 400, which have 366.) The
  use of the year 1 as the base year will prevent any confusion with
+
use of the year 1 as the base year will prevent any confusion with
  current time.
+
current time.
  
  If no meaningful time is available, then the year 0 shall be used in
+
If no meaningful time is available, then the year 0 shall be used in
  GeneralizedTime to indicate this fact.
+
GeneralizedTime to indicate this fact.
  
 
7.3.12.  Response PDUs
 
7.3.12.  Response PDUs
  
  Both the "managedObjectClass" and "managedObjectInstance" fields must
+
Both the "managedObjectClass" and "managedObjectInstance" fields must
  be present in the following CMIP response PDUs: the m-EventReport
+
be present in the following CMIP response PDUs: the m-EventReport
  Confirmed Result PDU, the m-Get Result PDU, the m-Set Result PDU, the
+
Confirmed Result PDU, the m-Get Result PDU, the m-Set Result PDU, the
  m-Action Confirmed Result PDU, the m-Create Result PDU, the m-Delete
+
m-Action Confirmed Result PDU, the m-Create Result PDU, the m-Delete
  Result PDU, the GetListError Error PDU, and the SetListError Error
+
Result PDU, the GetListError Error PDU, and the SetListError Error
  PDU.  The "managedObjectInstance" field must be present in the
+
PDU.  The "managedObjectInstance" field must be present in the
  ProcessingFailure Error PDU.  The "managedObjectClass" field must be
+
ProcessingFailure Error PDU.  The "managedObjectClass" field must be
  present in the NoSuchArgument Error PDU.
+
present in the NoSuchArgument Error PDU.
  
 
7.3.13.  Error PDUs
 
7.3.13.  Error PDUs
  
  The "globalId" form of AttributeId is required for the
+
The "globalId" form of AttributeId is required for the
  NoSuchAttributeId Error PDU and the InvalidAttributeValue Error PDU.
+
NoSuchAttributeId Error PDU and the InvalidAttributeValue Error PDU.
 
 
8.  Association Control Service Element
 
 
 
  The Association Control Service Element (ACSE), which is necessary
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 43]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
  
 +
== Association Control Service Element ==
  
  for establishing and releasing application associations, is defined
+
The Association Control Service Element (ACSE), which is necessary
  in [7] and [8].
 
  
8.1.  ACSE Services
+
for establishing and releasing application associations, is defined
 +
in [7] and [8].
  
  The ACSE service description is detailed in ISO 8649 [7].  All of the
+
=== ACSE Services ===
  defined ACSE services are mandatory:
 
  
      o  A-ASSOCIATE: This confirmed service is used to initiate an
+
The ACSE service description is detailed in ISO 8649 [7].  All of the
          application association between application entities.
+
defined ACSE services are mandatory:
  
      o  A-RELEASE: This confirmed service is used to release an
+
    o  A-ASSOCIATE: This confirmed service is used to initiate an
          application association between application entities without
+
      application association between application entities.
          loss of information.
 
  
      o  A-ABORT: This unconfirmed service causes the abnormal release
+
    o  A-RELEASE: This confirmed service is used to release an
          of an association with a possible loss of information.
+
      application association between application entities without
 +
      loss of information.
  
      o  A-P-ABORT: This provider-initiated service indicates the
+
    o  A-ABORT: This unconfirmed service causes the abnormal release
          abnormal release of an application association by the
+
      of an association with a possible loss of information.
          underlying presentation service with a possible loss of
 
          information.
 
  
  Mappings of the ACSE services to presentation services and ACSE APDUs
+
    o  A-P-ABORT: This provider-initiated service indicates the
  are shown in Table 6, along with a section reference to ISO 8649 [7].
+
      abnormal release of an application association by the
 +
      underlying presentation service with a possible loss of
 +
      information.
  
 +
Mappings of the ACSE services to presentation services and ACSE APDUs
 +
are shown in Table 6, along with a section reference to ISO 8649 [7].
  
      +-------------+------------+----------------------+-------------+
+
  +-------------+------------+----------------------+-------------+
      |    ACSE    |  ISO 8649  |        Related      |  Associated |
+
  |    ACSE    |  ISO 8649  |        Related      |  Associated |
      |  Service  |  Reference | Presentation Service |    APDUs    |
+
  |  Service  |  Reference | Presentation Service |    APDUs    |
      +-------------+------------+----------------------+-------------+
+
  +-------------+------------+----------------------+-------------+
      | A-ASSOCIATE |    9.1    |      P-CONNECT      | AARQ, AARE  |
+
  | A-ASSOCIATE |    9.1    |      P-CONNECT      | AARQ, AARE  |
      | A-RELEASE  |    9.2    |      P-RELEASE      | RLRQ, RLRE  |
+
  | A-RELEASE  |    9.2    |      P-RELEASE      | RLRQ, RLRE  |
      | A-ABORT    |    9.3    |      P-U-ABORT      | ABRT        |
+
  | A-ABORT    |    9.3    |      P-U-ABORT      | ABRT        |
      | A-P-ABORT  |    9.4    |      P-P-ABORT      | (none)      |
+
  | A-P-ABORT  |    9.4    |      P-P-ABORT      | (none)      |
      +-------------+------------+----------------------+-------------+
+
  +-------------+------------+----------------------+-------------+
  
                    Table 6.  Mapping of ACSE Services
+
                  Table 6.  Mapping of ACSE Services
  
 +
=== Supporting Services ===
  
8.2. Supporting Services
+
ACSE will make use of the following ISO presentation layer services:
 +
P-CONNECT, P-RELEASE, P-U-ABORT, and P-P-ABORT. These presentation
 +
services will be provided by the LPP [13].
  
  ACSE will make use of the following ISO presentation layer services:
+
=== ACSE Protocol ===
  P-CONNECT, P-RELEASE, P-U-ABORT, and P-P-ABORT.  These presentation
 
  services will be provided by the LPP [13].
 
  
 +
The ACSE protocol specification is found in ISO 8650 [8]. All five
 +
ACSE APDUs specified in the standard are mandatory.
  
 +
==== Application Context Name ====
  
 +
The Application Context Name takes the form of an OBJECT IDENTIFIER.
 +
The value of this OBJECT IDENTIFIER includes both the version of CMOT
 +
being used for this association and the version number of the highest
 +
version of the Internet-standard MIB supported by the manager or
 +
agent.  The application context name has the following generic form:
  
 +
              { iso(1) org(3) dod(6) internet(1) mgmt(2) mib(n)
 +
                cmot(9) cmotVersion(1) version-number(v) }
  
 +
              where n = highest MIB version supported and
 +
                    v = version of CMOT supported
  
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 44]
+
For the version of CMOT defined in these agreements, "version-number"
 +
has the value of one (1). This version of CMOT implies the versions
 +
of the ISO protocols specified in this memo (see Figure 2).
  
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
==== User Information ====
  
 +
The following CMIS M-INITIALISE parameters are all mapped onto the
 +
ACSE User Information parameter: Functional Units, User Information,
 +
and Access Control.  (See section 7.1.4 for more information on the
 +
CMIS M-INITIALISE parameters.) ACSE User Information is defined in
 +
ISO 8650 as follows:
  
8.3.  ACSE Protocol
+
          Association-information ::= SEQUENCE OF EXTERNAL
  
  The ACSE protocol specification is found in ISO 8650 [8]. All five
+
The ASN.1 defined type EXTERNAL, which is defined in section 35 of
  ACSE APDUs specified in the standard are mandatory.
+
ISO 8824 [5], requires both an OBJECT IDENTIFIER for identification
 +
and an associated ASN.1 encoding.
  
8.3.1. Application Context Name
+
The OBJECT IDENTIFIER and syntax associated with the ACSE Functional
 +
Units EXTERNAL definition are found in [12]. The OBJECT IDENTIFIER is
 +
defined as { iso(1) standard(0) ips-osi-mips(9596) cmip(2) version(1)
 +
acse(0) functional-units(0) } and the syntax is a BIT STRING.
  
  The Application Context Name takes the form of an OBJECT IDENTIFIER.
+
The EXTERNAL definition for User Information is left unspecified at
  The value of this OBJECT IDENTIFIER includes both the version of CMOT
+
this time; it will be defined in a future memo.
  being used for this association and the version number of the highest
 
  version of the Internet-standard MIB supported by the manager or
 
    agent. The application context name has the following generic form:
 
  
 +
If some form of access control is required, a simple unencrypted
  
                { iso(1) org(3) dod(6) internet(1) mgmt(2) mib(n)
+
password can be used.  The EXTERNAL for this simple access control
                  cmot(9) cmotVersion(1) version-number(v) }
+
will use the OBJECT IDENTIFIER { cmotAcseAccessControl } (Appendix A)
 +
and the syntax OCTET STRING. A more sophisticated authentication
 +
mechanism will be defined with another EXTERNAL definition in a
 +
future memo.
  
                where n = highest MIB version supported and
+
==== Presentation Service Parameters ====
                      v = version of CMOT supported
 
  
 +
The values and defaults of parameters to the ACSE primitives that are
 +
given to the presentation service are specified in [[RFC1085|RFC 1085]] [13].
  
  For the version of CMOT defined in these agreements, "version-number"
+
For the Presentation Context Definition List parameter to the P-
  has the value of one (1). This version of CMOT implies the versions
+
CONNECT service [13, p. 10], the value of the Abstract Syntax Name
  of the ISO protocols specified in this memo (see Figure 2).
+
associated with the Presentation Context Identifier of value one (1)
 +
shall be identical to the OBJECT IDENTIFIER used for the Application
 +
Context Name (section 8.3.1).
  
8.3.2.  User Information
+
The Quality of Service parameter shall have the value of either
 +
"tcp-based" or "udp-based."
  
  The following CMIS M-INITIALISE parameters are all mapped onto the
+
== Remote Operations Service Element ==
  ACSE User Information parameter: Functional Units, User Information,
 
  and Access Control.  (See section 7.1.4 for more information on the
 
  CMIS M-INITIALISE parameters.) ACSE User Information is defined in
 
  ISO 8650 as follows:
 
  
              Association-information ::= SEQUENCE OF EXTERNAL
+
The Remote Operations Service Element (ROSE), which provides the
 +
ability to invoke remote operations, is specified in ISO 9072-1 [9]
 +
and 9072-2 [10].  ROSE can only be used once an association has been
 +
established between two application entities.  ROSE is used to
 +
support CMISE; it is not intended to be used directly by management
 +
application processes.
  
  The ASN.1 defined type EXTERNAL, which is defined in section 35 of
+
=== ROSE Services ===
  ISO 8824 [5], requires both an OBJECT IDENTIFIER for identification
 
  and an associated ASN.1 encoding.
 
  
  The OBJECT IDENTIFIER and syntax associated with the ACSE Functional
+
The ROSE service definition is detailed in ISO 9072-1 [9]. All of
  Units EXTERNAL definition are found in [12]. The OBJECT IDENTIFIER is
+
the defined ROSE services are mandatory:
  defined as { iso(1) standard(0) ips-osi-mips(9596) cmip(2) version(1)
 
  acse(0) functional-units(0) } and the syntax is a BIT STRING.
 
  
  The EXTERNAL definition for User Information is left unspecified at
+
    o  RO-INVOKE: This unconfirmed service is used by an invoking
  this time; it will be defined in a future memo.
+
      ROSE-user to cause the invocation of an operation to be
 +
      performed by an invoked ROSE-user.
  
  If some form of access control is required, a simple unencrypted
+
    o  RO-RESULT: This unconfirmed service is used by an invoked
 +
      ROSE-user to reply to a previous RO-INVOKE indication in the
 +
      case of a successfully performed operation.
  
 +
    o  RO-ERROR: This unconfirmed service is used by an invoked
 +
      ROSE-user to reply to a previous RO-INVOKE indication in the
 +
      case of an unsuccessfully performed operation.
  
 +
    o  RO-REJECT-U: This unconfirmed service is used by a ROSE-user
 +
      to reject a request (RO-INVOKE indication) of the other
  
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 45]
+
      ROSE-user if it has detected a problem.  It may also be used
 +
      by a ROSE-user to (optionally) reject a reply (RO-RESULT
 +
      indication, RO-ERROR indication) from the other ROSE-user.
  
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
    o  RO-REJECT-P: This provider-initiated service is used to advise
 +
      a ROSE-user of a problem detected by the ROSE-provider.
  
 +
Mappings of ROSE services to ISO presentation services and ROSE APDUs
 +
are shown in Table 7, along with a section reference to ISO 9072-1
 +
[9].
  
   password can be used. The EXTERNAL for this simple access control
+
   +-------------+------------+----------------------+-------------+
   will use the OBJECT IDENTIFIER { cmotAcseAccessControl } (Appendix A)
+
  |    ROSE    | ISO 9072-1 |        Related      |  Associated |
   and the syntax OCTET STRING. A more sophisticated authentication
+
  |  Service  | Reference  | Presentation Service |    APDUs    |
   mechanism will be defined with another EXTERNAL definition in a
+
  +-------------+------------+----------------------+-------------+
   future memo.
+
  | RO-INVOKE  |    10.1    |        P-DATA        |    ROIV    |
 +
   | RO-RESULT  |    10.2    |        P-DATA        |    RORS    |
 +
   | RO-ERROR    |    10.3    |        P-DATA        |    ROER    |
 +
   | RO-REJECT-U |    10.4    |        P-DATA        |    RORJ    |
 +
   | RO-REJECT-P |    10.5    |        P-DATA        |    RORJ    |
 +
  +-------------+------------+----------------------+-------------+
  
8.3.3Presentation Service Parameters
+
Table 7Mapping of ROSE Services
  
  The values and defaults of parameters to the ACSE primitives that are
+
=== Supporting Services ===
  given to the presentation service are specified in RFC 1085 [13].
 
  
  For the Presentation Context Definition List parameter to the P-
+
ROSE will only make use of the presentation layer service P-DATA.
  CONNECT service [13, p. 10], the value of the Abstract Syntax Name
+
This service is provided by the LPP. The following restrictions are
  associated with the Presentation Context Identifier of value one (1)
+
a consequence of the use of the LPP: First, mappings to the Reliable
  shall be identical to the OBJECT IDENTIFIER used for the Application
+
Transfer Service Element (RTSE) are not possible, since no RTSE is
  Context Name (section 8.3.1).
+
present.  Second, no data token is used with the presentation
 +
services.
  
  The Quality of Service parameter shall have the value of either
+
=== ROSE Protocol ===
  "tcp-based" or "udp-based."
 
  
9Remote Operations Service Element
+
The protocol specification for ROSE shall follow ISO 9072-2 [10].
 +
All four APDUs specified in the standard are mandatoryIn addition,
 +
the ability to support the correct origination and reception of the
 +
linked-id protocol element is required if the multiple reply
 +
functional unit has been selected (section 7.1.2).
  
  The Remote Operations Service Element (ROSE), which provides the
+
==== Operation Class ====
  ability to invoke remote operations, is specified in ISO 9072-1 [9]
 
  and 9072-2 [10].  ROSE can only be used once an association has been
 
  established between two application entities.  ROSE is used to
 
  support CMISE; it is not intended to be used directly by management
 
  application processes.
 
  
9.1.  ROSE Services
+
Since no turn management is required by ROSE, the Operation Class
 +
parameter may be ignored.
  
  The ROSE service definition is detailed in ISO 9072-1 [9].  All of
+
==== Priority ====
  the defined ROSE services are mandatory:
 
  
      o  RO-INVOKE: This unconfirmed service is used by an invoking
+
ROSE will deliver each APDU in a "first in, first out" manner.  Since
          ROSE-user to cause the invocation of an operation to be
+
no turn management is required by ROSE, the Priority parameter may be
          performed by an invoked ROSE-user.
+
ignored.
 
 
      o  RO-RESULT: This unconfirmed service is used by an invoked
 
          ROSE-user to reply to a previous RO-INVOKE indication in the
 
          case of a successfully performed operation.
 
 
 
      o  RO-ERROR: This unconfirmed service is used by an invoked
 
          ROSE-user to reply to a previous RO-INVOKE indication in the
 
          case of an unsuccessfully performed operation.
 
 
 
      o  RO-REJECT-U: This unconfirmed service is used by a ROSE-user
 
          to reject a request (RO-INVOKE indication) of the other
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 46]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
          ROSE-user if it has detected a problem.  It may also be used
 
          by a ROSE-user to (optionally) reject a reply (RO-RESULT
 
          indication, RO-ERROR indication) from the other ROSE-user.
 
 
 
      o  RO-REJECT-P: This provider-initiated service is used to advise
 
          a ROSE-user of a problem detected by the ROSE-provider.
 
 
 
  Mappings of ROSE services to ISO presentation services and ROSE APDUs
 
  are shown in Table 7, along with a section reference to ISO 9072-1
 
  [9].
 
 
 
 
 
      +-------------+------------+----------------------+-------------+
 
      |    ROSE    | ISO 9072-1 |        Related      |  Associated |
 
      |  Service  | Reference  | Presentation Service |    APDUs    |
 
      +-------------+------------+----------------------+-------------+
 
      | RO-INVOKE  |    10.1    |        P-DATA        |    ROIV    |
 
      | RO-RESULT  |    10.2    |        P-DATA        |    RORS    |
 
      | RO-ERROR    |    10.3    |        P-DATA        |    ROER    |
 
      | RO-REJECT-U |    10.4    |        P-DATA        |    RORJ    |
 
      | RO-REJECT-P |    10.5    |        P-DATA        |    RORJ    |
 
      +-------------+------------+----------------------+-------------+
 
 
 
 
 
  Table 7.  Mapping of ROSE Services
 
 
 
 
 
9.2.  Supporting Services
 
 
 
  ROSE will only make use of the presentation layer service P-DATA.
 
  This service is provided by the LPP.  The following restrictions are
 
  a consequence of the use of the LPP: First, mappings to the Reliable
 
  Transfer Service Element (RTSE) are not possible, since no RTSE is
 
  present.  Second, no data token is used with the presentation
 
  services.
 
 
 
9.3.  ROSE Protocol
 
 
 
  The protocol specification for ROSE shall follow ISO 9072-2 [10].
 
  All four APDUs specified in the standard are mandatory.  In addition,
 
  the ability to support the correct origination and reception of the
 
  linked-id protocol element is required if the multiple reply
 
  functional unit has been selected (section 7.1.2).
 
 
 
9.3.1.  Operation Class
 
 
 
  Since no turn management is required by ROSE, the Operation Class
 
  parameter may be ignored.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 47]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
9.3.2.  Priority
 
 
 
  ROSE will deliver each APDU in a "first in, first out" manner.  Since
 
  no turn management is required by ROSE, the Priority parameter may be
 
  ignored.
 
  
 
10.  Lightweight Presentation
 
10.  Lightweight Presentation
  
  The specification for the lightweight presentation protocol (LPP) is
+
The specification for the lightweight presentation protocol (LPP) is
  contained in RFC 1085, "ISO Presentation Services on top of TCP/IP-
+
contained in [[RFC1085|RFC 1085]], "ISO Presentation Services on top of TCP/IP-
  based internets" [13].  The services defined in that memo are the
+
based internets" [13].  The services defined in that memo are the
  minimal set of ISO presentation services required to support ACSE and
+
minimal set of ISO presentation services required to support ACSE and
  ROSE.  The protocol specified to provide these services is a
+
ROSE.  The protocol specified to provide these services is a
  replacement for the ISO presentation protocol.
+
replacement for the ISO presentation protocol.
  
 
10.1.  Lightweight Presentation Services
 
10.1.  Lightweight Presentation Services
  
  All of the ISO presentation services provided by the LPP are
+
All of the ISO presentation services provided by the LPP are
  mandatory: P-CONNECT, P-RELEASE, P-U-ABORT, P-P-ABORT, and P-DATA.
+
mandatory: P-CONNECT, P-RELEASE, P-U-ABORT, P-P-ABORT, and P-DATA.
  
 
10.2.  Supporting Services
 
10.2.  Supporting Services
  
  Depending on the quality of service indicated in the P-CONNECT
+
Depending on the quality of service indicated in the P-CONNECT
  request, the LPP will use either UDP (low quality) or TCP (high
+
request, the LPP will use either UDP (low quality) or TCP (high
  quality) as the underlying transport protocol.  UDP provides an
+
quality) as the underlying transport protocol.  UDP provides an
  unreliable datagram service, while TCP provides a reliable
+
unreliable datagram service, while TCP provides a reliable
  connection-oriented transport service.
+
connection-oriented transport service.
 
 
  Practically speaking, there are two ways to discover whether a remote
 
  system supports the LPP over UDP or TCP.  The first is to use some
 
  undefined form of directory service. This might be nothing more than
 
  a local table.  The second way is simply to attempt to establish an
 
  association with the remote application entity using the desired
 
  quality of service.  If the transport for that service is unavailable
 
  on the remote system, then the local presentation-service-provided
 
  will issue a negative P-CONNECT.CONFIRMATION primitive.  This will be
 
  interpreted by ACSE as a failure to establish an association with the
 
  desired quality of service.
 
 
 
  The following well-known UDP and TCP port numbers are defined:
 
 
 
            cmot manager    163/tcp
 
            cmot manager    163/udp
 
            cmot agent      164/tcp
 
            cmot agent      164/udp
 
 
 
  When UDP is used, an implementation need not accept a lightweight
 
  presentation PDU whose length exceeds 484.  The purpose of this
 
 
 
  
 +
Practically speaking, there are two ways to discover whether a remote
 +
system supports the LPP over UDP or TCP.  The first is to use some
 +
undefined form of directory service. This might be nothing more than
 +
a local table.  The second way is simply to attempt to establish an
 +
association with the remote application entity using the desired
 +
quality of service.  If the transport for that service is unavailable
 +
on the remote system, then the local presentation-service-provided
 +
will issue a negative P-CONNECT.CONFIRMATION primitive.  This will be
 +
interpreted by ACSE as a failure to establish an association with the
 +
desired quality of service.
  
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 48]
+
The following well-known UDP and TCP port numbers are defined:
  
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
          cmot manager    163/tcp
 +
          cmot manager    163/udp
 +
          cmot agent      164/tcp
 +
          cmot agent      164/udp
  
 +
When UDP is used, an implementation need not accept a lightweight
 +
presentation PDU whose length exceeds 484.  The purpose of this
  
  restriction is to ensure that CMIP requests and responses can be
+
restriction is to ensure that CMIP requests and responses can be
  transmitted in a single unfragmented IP datagram.
+
transmitted in a single unfragmented IP datagram.
  
 
10.3.  Lightweight Presentation Protocol
 
10.3.  Lightweight Presentation Protocol
  
  No further agreements are needed for the lightweight presentation
+
No further agreements are needed for the lightweight presentation
  protocol defined in RFC 1085.
+
protocol defined in [[RFC1085|RFC 1085]].
  
 
11.  Acknowledgements
 
11.  Acknowledgements
  
  This RFC is the work of many people.  The following members of the
+
This RFC is the work of many people.  The following members of the
  IETF Netman working group and other interested individuals made
+
IETF Netman working group and other interested individuals made
  important contributions:
+
important contributions:
  
            Amatzia Ben-Artzi, 3Com
+
          Amatzia Ben-Artzi, 3Com
            Asheem Chandna, AT&T Bell Laboratories
+
          Asheem Chandna, AT&T Bell Laboratories
            Ken Chapman, Digital Equipment Corporation
+
          Ken Chapman, Digital Equipment Corporation
            Anthony Chung, Sytek
+
          Anthony Chung, Sytek
            George Cohn, Ungermann-Bass
+
          George Cohn, Ungermann-Bass
            Gabriele Cressman, Sun Microsystems
+
          Gabriele Cressman, Sun Microsystems
            Pranati Kapadia, Hewlett-Packard
+
          Pranati Kapadia, Hewlett-Packard
            Lee LaBarre, The MITRE Corporation (chair)
+
          Lee LaBarre, The MITRE Corporation (chair)
            Dave Mackie, 3Com
+
          Dave Mackie, 3Com
            Keith McCloghrie, The Wollongong Group
+
          Keith McCloghrie, The Wollongong Group
            Jim Robertson, 3Com
+
          Jim Robertson, 3Com
            Milt Roselinsky, CMC
+
          Milt Roselinsky, CMC
            Marshall Rose, The Wollongong Group
+
          Marshall Rose, The Wollongong Group
            John Scott, Data General
+
          John Scott, Data General
            Lou Steinberg, IBM
+
          Lou Steinberg, IBM
  
 
12.  References
 
12.  References
  
    [1]  Cerf, V., "IAB Recommendations for the Development of Internet
+
  [1]  Cerf, V., "IAB Recommendations for the Development of Internet
          Network Management Standards", RFC 1052, April 1988.
+
      Network Management Standards", [[RFC1052|RFC 1052]], April 1988.
 
 
    [2] Rose, M., and K. McCloghrie, "Structure and Identification of
 
          Management Information for TCP/IP-based internets", RFC 1065,
 
          August 1988.
 
 
 
    [3] McCloghrie, K., and M. Rose, "Management Information Base for
 
          Network Management of TCP/IP-based internets", RFC 1066,
 
          August 1988.
 
 
 
    [4]  Case, J., M. Fedor, M. Schoffstall, and J. Davin, "A Simple
 
          Network Management Protocol (SNMP)", RFC 1098, (Obsoletes
 
          RFC 1067), April 1989.
 
 
 
    [5]  ISO 8824: "Information processing systems - Open Systems
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 49]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
  
 +
  [2]  Rose, M., and K. McCloghrie, "Structure and Identification of
 +
      Management Information for TCP/IP-based internets", [[RFC1065|RFC 1065]],
 +
      August 1988.
  
          Interconnection, Specification of Abstract Syntax Notation One
+
  [3]  McCloghrie, K., and M. Rose, "Management Information Base for
          (ASN.1)", Geneva, March 1988.
+
      Network Management of TCP/IP-based internets", [[RFC1066|RFC 1066]],
 +
      August 1988.
  
    [6ISO 8825: "Information processing systems - Open Systems
+
  [4Case, J., M. Fedor, M. Schoffstall, and J. Davin, "A Simple
          Interconnection, Specification of Basic Encoding Rules for
+
      Network Management Protocol (SNMP)", [[RFC1098|RFC 1098]], (Obsoletes
          Abstract Notation One (ASN.1)", Geneva, March 1988.
+
      [[RFC1067|RFC 1067]]), April 1989.
  
    [7]  ISO 8649: "Information processing systems - Open Systems
+
  [5]  ISO 8824: "Information processing systems - Open Systems
          Interconnection, Service Definition for Association Control
 
          Service Element".
 
  
    [8]  ISO 8650: "Information processing systems - Open Systems
+
      Interconnection, Specification of Abstract Syntax Notation One
          Interconnection, Protocol Specification for Association
+
      (ASN.1)", Geneva, March 1988.
          Control Service Element".
 
  
    [9CCITT Recommendation X.219, Working Document for ISO 9072-1:
+
  [6]  ISO 8825: "Information processing systems - Open Systems
          "Information processing systems - Text Communication, Remote
+
      Interconnection, Specification of Basic Encoding Rules for
          Operations: Model, Notation and Service Definition",
+
      Abstract Notation One (ASN.1)", Geneva, March 1988.
          Gloucester, November 1987.
 
  
    [10CCITT Recommendation X.229, Working Document for ISO 9072-2:
+
  [7]  ISO 8649: "Information processing systems - Open Systems
          "Information processing systems - Text Communication, Remote
+
      Interconnection, Service Definition for Association Control
          Operations: Protocol Specification", Gloucester,
+
      Service Element".
          November 1987.
 
  
    [11]  ISO DIS 9595-2: "Information processing systems - Open
+
  [8]  ISO 8650: "Information processing systems - Open Systems
          Systems Interconnection, Management Information Service
+
      Interconnection, Protocol Specification for Association
          Definition - Part 2: Common Management Information
+
      Control Service Element".
          Service", 22 December 1988.
 
  
    [12]  ISO DIS 9596-2: "Information Processing Systems - Open
+
  [9CCITT Recommendation X.219, Working Document for ISO 9072-1:
          Systems Interconnection, Management Information Protocol
+
      "Information processing systems - Text Communication, Remote
          Specification - Part 2: Common Management Information
+
      Operations: Model, Notation and Service Definition",
          Protocol", 22 December 1988.
+
      Gloucester, November 1987.
  
    [13Rose, M., "ISO Presentation Services on top of TCP/IP-based
+
  [10CCITT Recommendation X.229, Working Document for ISO 9072-2:
          internets", RFC 1085, December 1988.
+
        "Information processing systems - Text Communication, Remote
 +
        Operations: Protocol Specification", Gloucester,
 +
        November 1987.
  
    [14OSI Network Management Forum, "Forum Interoperable Interface
+
  [11ISO DIS 9595-2: "Information processing systems - Open
          Protocols", September 1988.
+
        Systems Interconnection, Management Information Service
 +
        Definition - Part 2: Common Management Information
 +
        Service", 22 December 1988.
  
    [15]  ISO DIS 7498-4: "Information processing systems - Open
+
  [12]  ISO DIS 9596-2: "Information Processing Systems - Open
          Systems Interconnection, Basic Reference Model - Part 4:
+
        Systems Interconnection, Management Information Protocol
          OSI Management Framework".
+
        Specification - Part 2: Common Management Information
 +
        Protocol", 22 December 1988.
  
    [16]  ISO/IEC JTC1/SC21/WG4 N571: "Information processing systems -
+
  [13Rose, M., "ISO Presentation Services on top of TCP/IP-based
          Open Systems Interconnection, Systems Management: Overview",
+
        internets", [[RFC1085|RFC 1085]], December 1988.
          London, July 1988.
 
  
 +
  [14]  OSI Network Management Forum, "Forum Interoperable Interface
 +
        Protocols", September 1988.
  
 +
  [15]  ISO DIS 7498-4: "Information processing systems - Open
 +
        Systems Interconnection, Basic Reference Model - Part 4:
 +
        OSI Management Framework".
  
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 50]
+
  [16] ISO/IEC JTC1/SC21/WG4 N571: "Information processing systems -
 +
        Open Systems Interconnection, Systems Management: Overview",
 +
        London, July 1988.
  
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
  [17]  Klerer, S. Mark, "The OSI Management Architecture: An
 +
        Overview", IEEE Network Magazine, March 1988.
  
 +
  [18]  Ben-Artzi, A., "Network Management for TCP/IP Networks: An
 +
        Overview", Internet Engineering Task Force working note,
 +
        April 1988.
  
    [17Klerer, S. Mark, "The OSI Management Architecture: An
+
  [19ISO/IEC JTC1/SC21/WG4 N3324: "Information processing
          Overview", IEEE Network Magazine, March 1988.
+
        systems - Open Systems Interconnection, Management
 +
        Information Services - Structure of Management
 +
        Information - Part I: Management Information Model",
 +
        Sydney, December 1988.
  
    [18Ben-Artzi, A., "Network Management for TCP/IP Networks: An
+
  [20Postel, J., "User Datagram Protocol", [[RFC768|RFC 768]], August 1980.
          Overview", Internet Engineering Task Force working note,
 
          April 1988.
 
  
    [19ISO/IEC JTC1/SC21/WG4 N3324: "Information processing
+
  [21Postel, J., "Transmission Control Protocol", [[RFC793|RFC 793]],
          systems - Open Systems Interconnection, Management
+
        September 1981.
          Information Services - Structure of Management
 
          Information - Part I: Management Information Model",
 
          Sydney, December 1988.
 
  
    [20Postel, J., "User Datagram Protocol", RFC 768, August 1980.
+
  [22ISO DP 9534: "Information processing systems - Open Systems
 +
        Interconnection, Application Layer Structure", 10 March 1987.
  
    [21Postel, J., "Transmission Control Protocol", RFC 793,
+
  [23Rose, M., "ISO Transport Services on top of the TCP",
          September 1981.
+
        [[RFC1006|RFC 1006]], May 1987.
  
    [22]  ISO DP 9534: "Information processing systems - Open Systems
+
  [24]  ISO 8822: "Information processing systems - Open Systems
          Interconnection, Application Layer Structure", 10 March 1987.
+
        Interconnection, Connection Oriented Presentation Service
 +
        Definition", June 1987.
  
    [23]  Rose, M., "ISO Transport Services on top of the TCP",
+
  [25]  Postel, J., "Internet Protocol", [[RFC791|RFC 791]], September 1981.
          RFC 1006, May 1987.
 
 
 
    [24]  ISO 8822: "Information processing systems - Open Systems
 
          Interconnection, Connection Oriented Presentation Service
 
          Definition", June 1987.
 
 
 
    [25]  Postel, J., "Internet Protocol", RFC 791, September 1981.
 
 
 
    [26]  CCITT Draft Recommendation X.500, ISO DIS 9594/1-8: "The
 
          Directory", Geneva, March 1988.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 51]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
  
 +
  [26]  CCITT Draft Recommendation X.500, ISO DIS 9594/1-8: "The
 +
        Directory", Geneva, March 1988.
  
 
Appendix A - The CMOT Group
 
Appendix A - The CMOT Group
  
  CMOT DEFINITIONS ::= BEGIN
+
CMOT DEFINITIONS ::= BEGIN
  
  IMPORTS OBJECT-TYPE FROM RFC1065-SMI;
+
IMPORTS OBJECT-TYPE FROM RFC1065-SMI;
  
  IMPORTS mib FROM RFC1066-MIB;
+
IMPORTS mib FROM RFC1066-MIB;
  
    cmot  OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 9 }
+
  cmot  OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 9 }
  
    -- The following assignments are made for the purpose of
+
  -- The following assignments are made for the purpose of
    -- identification within CMOT and do not refer to MIB objects.
+
  -- identification within CMOT and do not refer to MIB objects.
  
    cmotVersion              OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { cmot 1 }
+
  cmotVersion              OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { cmot 1 }
  
    cmotAcseInfo            OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { cmot 2 }
+
  cmotAcseInfo            OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { cmot 2 }
    cmotAcseAccessControl    OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { cmotAcseInfo 1 }
+
  cmotAcseAccessControl    OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { cmotAcseInfo 1 }
  
    -- The following definition is made for use in referencing a
+
  -- The following definition is made for use in referencing a
    -- managed system (for the purpose of proxy management) in the
+
  -- managed system (for the purpose of proxy management) in the
    -- CMIP Object Instance field. It does not represent a MIB
+
  -- CMIP Object Instance field. It does not represent a MIB
    -- object.
+
  -- object.
  
    cmotSystemID OBJECT-TYPE
+
  cmotSystemID OBJECT-TYPE
            SYNTAX  CmotSystemID
+
          SYNTAX  CmotSystemID
            ACCESS  not-accessible
+
          ACCESS  not-accessible
            STATUS  optional
+
          STATUS  optional
            ::= { cmot 3 }
+
          ::= { cmot 3 }
  
    CmotSystemID ::= CHOICE {
+
  CmotSystemID ::= CHOICE {
            arbitrary    [0] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING,
+
          arbitrary    [0] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING,
            proxyIndex    [1] IMPLICIT INTEGER,
+
          proxyIndex    [1] IMPLICIT INTEGER,
            inetAddr      [2] IMPLICIT IpAddress,
+
          inetAddr      [2] IMPLICIT IpAddress,
            domainName    [3] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING,
+
          domainName    [3] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING,
            mac802Addr    [4] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING,
+
          mac802Addr    [4] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING,
            x121Addr      [5] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING,
+
          x121Addr      [5] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING,
            nsap          [6] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING,
+
          nsap          [6] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING,
            netbiosName  [7] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING,
+
          netbiosName  [7] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING,
            snaName      [8] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING,
+
          snaName      [8] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING,
            adminId      [9] IMPLICIT OBJECT IDENTIFIER
+
          adminId      [9] IMPLICIT OBJECT IDENTIFIER
    }
+
  }
  
      -- All addresses should be conveyed in network-byte order.
+
  -- All addresses should be conveyed in network-byte order.
 
 
  END
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 52]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
  
 +
END
  
 
Appendix B - Management Information Summary
 
Appendix B - Management Information Summary
  
  RFC1066-MIB-INTERPRETATION
+
RFC1066-MIB-INTERPRETATION
 
 
          { iso org(3) dod(6) internet(1) mgmt(2) 1 }
 
 
 
              DEFINITIONS ::= BEGIN
 
 
 
              IMPORTS mgmt, OBJECT-TYPE FROM RFC1065-SMI;
 
 
 
                mib        OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mgmt 1 }
 
 
 
                system    OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 1 }
 
                interfaces OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 2 }
 
                at        OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 3 }
 
                ip        OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 4 }
 
                icmp      OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 5 }
 
                tcp        OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 6 }
 
                udp        OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 7 }
 
                egp        OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 8 }
 
 
 
 
 
        -- definition of object class
 
 
 
        OBJECT-CLASS MACRO  ::=
 
        BEGIN
 
          TYPE NOTATION  ::= SubClassOf Superiors Names Attributes
 
          VALUE NOTATION ::= value(VALUE OBJECT IDENTIFIER)
 
 
 
          SubClassOf    ::= "SUBCLASS OF" value(OBJECT-CLASS)
 
                                            | empty
 
          Superiors      ::= "SUPERIORS" "{" SuperiorList "}"
 
                                            | empty
 
          Names          ::= "NAMES" "{" AttributeList "}"
 
                                            | empty
 
          Attributes    ::= "CONTAINS" "{" AttributeList "}"
 
                                            | empty
 
 
 
          SuperiorList  ::= Superior | Superior "," SuperiorList
 
          Superior      ::= value(OBJECT-CLASS)
 
 
 
          AttributeList  ::= Attribute | Attribute "," AttributeList
 
          Attribute      ::= value(OBJECT-TYPE)
 
 
 
        END
 
 
 
        -- the System group
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 53]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
        system OBJECT-CLASS
 
                NAMES  { cmotSystemID }  -- Appendix A
 
                CONTAINS  {
 
                        sysDescr,
 
                        sysObjectID,
 
                        sysUpTime
 
                }
 
                ::= { mib 1 }
 
 
 
        -- the Interfaces group
 
 
 
        interfaces OBJECT-CLASS
 
                SUPERIORS  { system }
 
                CONTAINS  { ifNumber }
 
                ::= { mib 2 }
 
 
 
        ifTable OBJECT-CLASS
 
                SUPERIORS  { interfaces }
 
                ::= { interfaces 2 }
 
 
 
        ifEntry OBJECT-CLASS
 
                SUPERIORS  { ifTable }
 
                NAMES { ifIndex }
 
                CONTAINS  {
 
                        ifIndex,
 
                        ifDescr,
 
                        ifType,
 
                        ifMtu,
 
                        ifSpeed,
 
                        ifPhysAddress,
 
                        ifAdminStatus,
 
                        ifOperStatus,
 
                        ifLastChange,
 
                        ifInOctets,
 
                        ifInUcastPkts,
 
                        ifInNUcastPkts,
 
                        ifInDiscards,
 
                        ifInErrors,
 
                        ifInUnknownProtos,
 
                        ifOutOctets,
 
                        ifOutUcastPkts,
 
                        ifOutNUcastPkts,
 
                        ifOutDiscards,
 
                        ifOutErrors,
 
                        ifOutQLen
 
                }
 
                ::= { ifTable 1 }
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 54]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
        -- the Address Translation group
 
 
 
        at OBJECT-CLASS
 
                SUPERIORS  { system }
 
                ::= { mib 3 }
 
 
 
        atTable OBJECT-CLASS
 
                SUPERIORS  { at }
 
                ::= { at 1 }
 
 
 
        atEntry OBJECT-CLASS
 
                SUPERIORS  { atTable }
 
                NAMES  {
 
                        atIfIndex,
 
                        atNetAddress
 
                }
 
                CONTAINS  {
 
                        atIfIndex,
 
                        atPhysAddress,
 
                        atNetAddress
 
                }
 
                ::= { atTable 1 }
 
 
 
        -- the IP group
 
 
 
        ip OBJECT-CLASS
 
                SUPERIORS  { system }
 
                CONTAINS  {
 
                        ipForwarding,
 
                        ipDefaultTTL,
 
                        ipInReceives,
 
                        ipInHdrErrors,
 
                        ipInAddrErrors,
 
                        ipForwDatagrams,
 
                        ipInUnknownProtos,
 
                        ipInDiscards,
 
                        ipInDelivers,
 
                        ipOutRequests,
 
                        ipOutDiscards,
 
                        ipOutNoRoutes,
 
                        ipReasmTimeout,
 
                        ipReasmReqds,
 
                        ipReasmOKs,
 
                        ipReasmFails,
 
                        ipFragOKs,
 
                        ipFragFails,
 
                        ipFragCreates
 
                }
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 55]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                ::= { mib 4 }
 
 
 
        -- the IP Interface table
 
 
 
        ipAddrTable OBJECT-CLASS
 
                SUPERIORS  { ip }
 
                ::= { ip 20 }
 
 
 
        ipAddrEntry OBJECT-CLASS
 
                SUPERIORS  { ipAddrTable }
 
                NAMES  { ipAdEntAddr }
 
                CONTAINS  {
 
                        ipAdEntAddr,
 
                        ipAdEntIfIndex,
 
                        ipAdEntNetMask,
 
                        ipAdEntBcastAddr
 
                }
 
                ::= { ipAddrTable 1 }
 
 
 
        -- the IP Routing table
 
 
 
        ipRoutingTable OBJECT-CLASS
 
                SUPERIORS  { ip }
 
                ::= { ip 21 }
 
 
 
        ipRouteEntry OBJECT-CLASS
 
                SUPERIORS  { ipRoutingTable }
 
                NAMES  { ipRouteDest }
 
                CONTAINS  {
 
                        ipRouteDest,
 
                        ipRouteIfIndex,
 
                        ipRouteMetric1,
 
                        ipRouteMetric2,
 
                        ipRouteMetric3,
 
                        ipRouteMetric4,
 
                        ipRouteNextHop,
 
                        ipRouteType,
 
                        ipRouteProto,
 
                        ipRouteAge
 
                }
 
                ::= { ipRoutingTable 1 }
 
 
 
        -- the ICMP group
 
 
 
        icmp OBJECT-CLASS
 
                SUPERIORS  { system }
 
                CONTAINS  {
 
                        icmpInMsgs,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 56]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                        icmpInErrors,
 
                        icmpInDestUnreachs,
 
                        icmpInTimeExcds,
 
                        icmpInParmProbs,
 
                        icmpInSrcQuenchs,
 
                        icmpInRedirects,
 
                        icmpInEchos,
 
                        icmpInEchoReps,
 
                        icmpInTimestamps,
 
                        icmpInTimestampReps,
 
                        icmpInAddrMasks,
 
                        icmpInAddrMaskReps,
 
                        icmpOutMsgs,
 
                        icmpOutErrors,
 
                        icmpOutDestUnreachs,
 
                        icmpOutTimeExcds,
 
                        icmpOutParmProbs,
 
                        icmpOutSrcQuenchs,
 
                        icmpOutRedirects,
 
                        icmpOutEchos,
 
                        icmpOutEchoReps,
 
                        icmpOutTimestamps,
 
                        icmpOutTimestampReps,
 
                        icmpOutAddrMasks,
 
                        icmpOutAddrMaskReps
 
                }
 
                ::= { mib 5 }
 
 
 
        -- the TCP group
 
 
 
        tcp OBJECT-CLASS
 
                SUPERIORS  { system }
 
                CONTAINS  {
 
                        tcpRtoAlgorithm,
 
                        tcpRtoMin,
 
                        tcpRtoMax,
 
                        tcpMaxConn,
 
                        tcpActiveOpens,
 
                        tcpPassiveOpens,
 
                        tcpAttemptFails,
 
                        tcpEstabResets,
 
                        tcpCurrEstab,
 
                        tcpInSegs,
 
                        tcpOutSegs,
 
                        tcpRetransSegs
 
                }
 
                ::= { mib 6 }
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 57]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
        -- the TCP connections table
 
 
 
        tcpConnTable OBJECT-CLASS
 
                SUPERIORS  { tcp }
 
                ::= { tcp 13 }
 
 
 
        tcpConnEntry OBJECT-CLASS
 
                SUPERIORS  { tcpConnTable }
 
                NAMES  {
 
                        tcpConnLocalAddress,
 
                        tcpConnLocalPort,
 
                        tcpConnRemAddress,
 
                        tcpConnRemPort
 
                }
 
                CONTAINS  {
 
                        tcpConnState,
 
                        tcpConnLocalAddress,
 
                        tcpConnLocalPort,
 
                        tcpConnRemAddress,
 
                        tcpConnRemPort
 
                }
 
                ::= { tcpConnTable 1 }
 
 
 
        -- the UDP group
 
 
 
        udp OBJECT-CLASS
 
                SUPERIORS  { system }
 
                CONTAINS  {
 
                        udpInDatagrams,
 
                        udpNoPorts,
 
                        udpInErrors,
 
                        udpOutDatagrams
 
                }
 
                ::= { mib 7 }
 
 
 
 
 
        -- the EGP group
 
 
 
          egp OBJECT-CLASS
 
                SUPERIORS  { system }
 
                CONTAINS  {
 
                        egpInMsgs,
 
                        egpInErrors,
 
                        egpOutMsgs,
 
                        egpOutErrors
 
                }
 
                ::= { mib 8 }
 
  
 +
      { iso org(3) dod(6) internet(1) mgmt(2) 1 }
  
 +
          DEFINITIONS ::= BEGIN
  
 +
          IMPORTS mgmt, OBJECT-TYPE FROM RFC1065-SMI;
  
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 58]
+
            mib        OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mgmt 1 }
  
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
            system    OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 1 }
 +
            interfaces OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 2 }
 +
            at        OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 3 }
 +
            ip        OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 4 }
 +
            icmp      OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 5 }
 +
            tcp        OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 6 }
 +
            udp        OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 7 }
 +
            egp        OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 8 }
  
 +
      -- definition of object class
  
          -- the EGP Neighbor table
+
      OBJECT-CLASS MACRO  ::=
 +
      BEGIN
 +
        TYPE NOTATION  ::= SubClassOf Superiors Names Attributes
 +
        VALUE NOTATION ::= value(VALUE OBJECT IDENTIFIER)
  
          egpNeighTable OBJECT-CLASS
+
        SubClassOf    ::= "SUBCLASS OF" value(OBJECT-CLASS)
                SUPERIORS { egp }
+
                                        | empty
                ::= { egp 5 }
+
        Superiors      ::= "SUPERIORS" "{" SuperiorList "}"
 +
                                        | empty
 +
        Names          ::= "NAMES" "{" AttributeList "}"
 +
                                        | empty
 +
        Attributes    ::= "CONTAINS" "{" AttributeList "}"
 +
                                        | empty
  
        egpNeighEntry OBJECT-CLASS
+
        SuperiorList  ::= Superior | Superior "," SuperiorList
                SUPERIORS  { egpNeighTable }
+
        Superior      ::= value(OBJECT-CLASS)
                NAMES  { egpNeighAddr }
 
                CONTAINS  {
 
                        egpNeighState,
 
                        egpNeighAddr
 
                }
 
                ::= { egpNeighTable 1 }
 
  
 +
        AttributeList  ::= Attribute | Attribute "," AttributeList
 +
        Attribute      ::= value(OBJECT-TYPE)
  
        END
+
      END
  
 +
      -- the System group
  
 +
      system OBJECT-CLASS
 +
              NAMES  { cmotSystemID }  -- Appendix A
 +
              CONTAINS  {
 +
                      sysDescr,
 +
                      sysObjectID,
 +
                      sysUpTime
 +
              }
 +
              ::= { mib 1 }
  
 +
      -- the Interfaces group
  
 +
      interfaces OBJECT-CLASS
 +
              SUPERIORS  { system }
 +
              CONTAINS  { ifNumber }
 +
              ::= { mib 2 }
  
 +
      ifTable OBJECT-CLASS
 +
              SUPERIORS  { interfaces }
 +
              ::= { interfaces 2 }
  
 +
      ifEntry OBJECT-CLASS
 +
              SUPERIORS  { ifTable }
 +
              NAMES { ifIndex }
 +
              CONTAINS  {
 +
                      ifIndex,
 +
                      ifDescr,
 +
                      ifType,
 +
                      ifMtu,
 +
                      ifSpeed,
 +
                      ifPhysAddress,
 +
                      ifAdminStatus,
 +
                      ifOperStatus,
 +
                      ifLastChange,
 +
                      ifInOctets,
 +
                      ifInUcastPkts,
 +
                      ifInNUcastPkts,
 +
                      ifInDiscards,
 +
                      ifInErrors,
 +
                      ifInUnknownProtos,
 +
                      ifOutOctets,
 +
                      ifOutUcastPkts,
 +
                      ifOutNUcastPkts,
 +
                      ifOutDiscards,
 +
                      ifOutErrors,
 +
                      ifOutQLen
 +
              }
 +
              ::= { ifTable 1 }
  
 +
      -- the Address Translation group
  
 +
      at OBJECT-CLASS
 +
              SUPERIORS  { system }
 +
              ::= { mib 3 }
  
 +
      atTable OBJECT-CLASS
 +
              SUPERIORS  { at }
 +
              ::= { at 1 }
  
 +
      atEntry OBJECT-CLASS
 +
              SUPERIORS  { atTable }
 +
              NAMES  {
 +
                      atIfIndex,
 +
                      atNetAddress
 +
              }
 +
              CONTAINS  {
 +
                      atIfIndex,
 +
                      atPhysAddress,
 +
                      atNetAddress
 +
              }
 +
              ::= { atTable 1 }
  
 +
      -- the IP group
  
 +
      ip OBJECT-CLASS
 +
              SUPERIORS  { system }
 +
              CONTAINS  {
 +
                      ipForwarding,
 +
                      ipDefaultTTL,
 +
                      ipInReceives,
 +
                      ipInHdrErrors,
 +
                      ipInAddrErrors,
 +
                      ipForwDatagrams,
 +
                      ipInUnknownProtos,
 +
                      ipInDiscards,
 +
                      ipInDelivers,
 +
                      ipOutRequests,
 +
                      ipOutDiscards,
 +
                      ipOutNoRoutes,
 +
                      ipReasmTimeout,
 +
                      ipReasmReqds,
 +
                      ipReasmOKs,
 +
                      ipReasmFails,
 +
                      ipFragOKs,
 +
                      ipFragFails,
 +
                      ipFragCreates
 +
              }
  
 +
              ::= { mib 4 }
  
 +
      -- the IP Interface table
  
 +
      ipAddrTable OBJECT-CLASS
 +
              SUPERIORS  { ip }
 +
              ::= { ip 20 }
  
 +
      ipAddrEntry OBJECT-CLASS
 +
              SUPERIORS  { ipAddrTable }
 +
              NAMES  { ipAdEntAddr }
 +
              CONTAINS  {
 +
                      ipAdEntAddr,
 +
                      ipAdEntIfIndex,
 +
                      ipAdEntNetMask,
 +
                      ipAdEntBcastAddr
 +
              }
 +
              ::= { ipAddrTable 1 }
  
 +
      -- the IP Routing table
  
 +
      ipRoutingTable OBJECT-CLASS
 +
              SUPERIORS  { ip }
 +
              ::= { ip 21 }
  
 +
      ipRouteEntry OBJECT-CLASS
 +
              SUPERIORS  { ipRoutingTable }
 +
              NAMES  { ipRouteDest }
 +
              CONTAINS  {
 +
                      ipRouteDest,
 +
                      ipRouteIfIndex,
 +
                      ipRouteMetric1,
 +
                      ipRouteMetric2,
 +
                      ipRouteMetric3,
 +
                      ipRouteMetric4,
 +
                      ipRouteNextHop,
 +
                      ipRouteType,
 +
                      ipRouteProto,
 +
                      ipRouteAge
 +
              }
 +
              ::= { ipRoutingTable 1 }
  
 +
      -- the ICMP group
  
 +
      icmp OBJECT-CLASS
 +
              SUPERIORS  { system }
 +
              CONTAINS  {
 +
                      icmpInMsgs,
  
 +
                      icmpInErrors,
 +
                      icmpInDestUnreachs,
 +
                      icmpInTimeExcds,
 +
                      icmpInParmProbs,
 +
                      icmpInSrcQuenchs,
 +
                      icmpInRedirects,
 +
                      icmpInEchos,
 +
                      icmpInEchoReps,
 +
                      icmpInTimestamps,
 +
                      icmpInTimestampReps,
 +
                      icmpInAddrMasks,
 +
                      icmpInAddrMaskReps,
 +
                      icmpOutMsgs,
 +
                      icmpOutErrors,
 +
                      icmpOutDestUnreachs,
 +
                      icmpOutTimeExcds,
 +
                      icmpOutParmProbs,
 +
                      icmpOutSrcQuenchs,
 +
                      icmpOutRedirects,
 +
                      icmpOutEchos,
 +
                      icmpOutEchoReps,
 +
                      icmpOutTimestamps,
 +
                      icmpOutTimestampReps,
 +
                      icmpOutAddrMasks,
 +
                      icmpOutAddrMaskReps
 +
              }
 +
              ::= { mib 5 }
  
 +
      -- the TCP group
  
 +
      tcp OBJECT-CLASS
 +
              SUPERIORS  { system }
 +
              CONTAINS  {
 +
                      tcpRtoAlgorithm,
 +
                      tcpRtoMin,
 +
                      tcpRtoMax,
 +
                      tcpMaxConn,
 +
                      tcpActiveOpens,
 +
                      tcpPassiveOpens,
 +
                      tcpAttemptFails,
 +
                      tcpEstabResets,
 +
                      tcpCurrEstab,
 +
                      tcpInSegs,
 +
                      tcpOutSegs,
 +
                      tcpRetransSegs
 +
              }
 +
              ::= { mib 6 }
  
 +
      -- the TCP connections table
  
 +
      tcpConnTable OBJECT-CLASS
 +
              SUPERIORS  { tcp }
 +
              ::= { tcp 13 }
  
 +
      tcpConnEntry OBJECT-CLASS
 +
              SUPERIORS  { tcpConnTable }
 +
              NAMES  {
 +
                      tcpConnLocalAddress,
 +
                      tcpConnLocalPort,
 +
                      tcpConnRemAddress,
 +
                      tcpConnRemPort
 +
              }
 +
              CONTAINS  {
 +
                      tcpConnState,
 +
                      tcpConnLocalAddress,
 +
                      tcpConnLocalPort,
 +
                      tcpConnRemAddress,
 +
                      tcpConnRemPort
 +
              }
 +
              ::= { tcpConnTable 1 }
  
 +
      -- the UDP group
  
 +
    udp OBJECT-CLASS
 +
              SUPERIORS  { system }
 +
              CONTAINS  {
 +
                      udpInDatagrams,
 +
                      udpNoPorts,
 +
                      udpInErrors,
 +
                      udpOutDatagrams
 +
              }
 +
              ::= { mib 7 }
  
 +
      -- the EGP group
  
 +
      egp OBJECT-CLASS
 +
              SUPERIORS  { system }
 +
              CONTAINS  {
 +
                      egpInMsgs,
 +
                      egpInErrors,
 +
                      egpOutMsgs,
 +
                      egpOutErrors
 +
              }
 +
              ::= { mib 8 }
  
 +
      -- the EGP Neighbor table
  
 +
      egpNeighTable OBJECT-CLASS
 +
              SUPERIORS  { egp }
 +
              ::= { egp 5 }
  
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 59]
+
      egpNeighEntry OBJECT-CLASS
 
+
              SUPERIORS  { egpNeighTable }
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
              NAMES  { egpNeighAddr }
 +
              CONTAINS  {
 +
                      egpNeighState,
 +
                      egpNeighAddr
 +
              }
 +
              ::= { egpNeighTable 1 }
  
 +
      END
  
 
Appendix C - Sample Protocol Exchanges
 
Appendix C - Sample Protocol Exchanges
  
  The following are sample protocol exchanges between a manager and an
+
The following are sample protocol exchanges between a manager and an
  agent.  The manager establishes an association with the agent,
+
agent.  The manager establishes an association with the agent,
  requests the number of IP address and header errors, requests the
+
requests the number of IP address and header errors, requests the
  type of route corresponding to the destination address 10.0.0.51,
+
type of route corresponding to the destination address 10.0.0.51,
  requests the TCP connection with the well-known port for FTP, and
+
requests the TCP connection with the well-known port for FTP, and
  then releases the association.  All of these samples show the
+
then releases the association.  All of these samples show the
  lightweight presentation protocol being used over TCP.
+
lightweight presentation protocol being used over TCP.
  
  --
+
--
  -- the manager sends an ACSE association request carried in a
+
-- the manager sends an ACSE association request carried in a
  -- presentation connect request PDU
+
-- presentation connect request PDU
  --
+
--
  
  {
+
{
      connectRequest {                            -- LPP
+
  connectRequest {                            -- LPP
        version version-1,
+
      version version-1,
        reference {
+
      reference {
            callingSSUserReference "sri-nic.arpa",
+
        callingSSUserReference "sri-nic.arpa",
            commonReference "880821222531Z"
+
        commonReference "880821222531Z"
        },
+
      },
        asn 1.3.6.1.2.1.9.1.1,
+
      asn 1.3.6.1.2.1.9.1.1,
        user-data {                              -- ACSE
+
      user-data {                              -- ACSE
            protocol-version version1,
+
        protocol-version version1,
            application-context-name 1.3.6.1.2.1.9.1.1,
+
        application-context-name 1.3.6.1.2.1.9.1.1,
            user-information {
+
        user-information {
              functionalUnits {
+
            functionalUnits {
                  direct-reference 1.0.9596.2.1.0.0,
+
              direct-reference 1.0.9596.2.1.0.0,
                  encoding {
+
              encoding {
                    single-ASN1-type '010110101010101010110B'
+
                  single-ASN1-type '010110101010101010110B'
                                                        -- Full Manager
+
                                                      -- Full Manager
                  }
 
 
               }
 
               }
 
             }
 
             }
Line 3,347: Line 2,597:
 
       }
 
       }
 
   }
 
   }
 +
}
  
 +
--
 +
-- the agent sends an ACSE association response carried in a
 +
-- presentation connect response PDU
 +
--
  
  --
+
{
   -- the agent sends an ACSE association response carried in a
+
   connectResponse {                          -- LPP
  -- presentation connect response PDU
+
      user-data {
  --
 
  
  {
+
        user-information {                    -- ACSE
      connectResponse {                           -- LPP
+
            functionalUnits {
         user-data {
+
              direct-reference 1.0.9596.2.1.0.0,
 +
              encoding {
 +
                  single-ASN1-type '101001010101010101110B'
 +
                                                        -- Full Agent
 +
              }
 +
            }
 +
         }
 +
      }
 +
  }
 +
}
  
 +
--
 +
-- the manager sends a get request to read the values of
 +
-- ipInHdrErrors and ipInAddrErrors
 +
--
  
 
+
{
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 60]
+
  userData {                                  -- LPP
 
+
      ro-Invoke {                              -- ROSE
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
        invokeID 10,
 
+
        operation-value m-Get(3),
 
+
        argument {                            -- CMIP
             user-information {                   -- ACSE
+
             baseManagedObjectClass {
               functionalUnits {
+
               globalForm ip { 1.3.6.1.2.1.4 }
                  direct-reference 1.0.9596.2.1.0.0,
+
            },
                   encoding {
+
            baseManagedObjectInstance {
                    single-ASN1-type '101001010101010101110B'
+
              distinguishedName {
                                                          -- Full Agent
+
                   relativeDistinguishedName {}
                  }
+
              }
 +
            },
 +
            attributeIdList {
 +
              attributeId {
 +
                  localID 4                    -- ipInHdrErrors
 +
              },
 +
              attributeId {
 +
                  localID 5                    -- ipInAddrErrors
 
               }
 
               }
 
             }
 
             }
Line 3,377: Line 2,651:
 
       }
 
       }
 
   }
 
   }
 +
}
  
 +
--
 +
-- the agent replies with a get response indicating that
 +
-- ipInHdrErrors = 0 and ipInAddrErrors = 2
 +
--
  
  --
+
{
  -- the manager sends a get request to read the values of
+
   userData {                                  -- LPP
  -- ipInHdrErrors and ipInAddrErrors
+
      ro-Result {                              -- ROSE
  --
+
        invokeID 10,
 
+
        {
   {
 
      userData {                                  -- LPP
 
        ro-Invoke {                              -- ROSE
 
            invokeID 10,
 
 
             operation-value m-Get(3),
 
             operation-value m-Get(3),
             argument {                             -- CMIP
+
             argument {                         -- CMIP
 
               baseManagedObjectClass {
 
               baseManagedObjectClass {
 
                   globalForm ip { 1.3.6.1.2.1.4 }
 
                   globalForm ip { 1.3.6.1.2.1.4 }
Line 3,398: Line 2,673:
 
                   }
 
                   }
 
               },
 
               },
               attributeIdList {
+
               currentTime "19880821222541.300000Z",
                   attributeId {
+
              attributeList {
                    localID 4                     -- ipInHdrErrors
+
                   attribute {
 +
                    attributeId {
 +
                        localID 4               -- ipInHdrErrors
 +
                    },
 +
                    attributeValue 0
 
                   },
 
                   },
                   attributeId {
+
                   attribute {
                    localID 5                     -- ipInAddrErrors
+
                    attributeId {
 +
                        localID 5               -- ipInAddrErrors
 +
                    },
 +
                    attributeValue 2
 
                   }
 
                   }
 
               }
 
               }
Line 3,410: Line 2,692:
 
       }
 
       }
 
   }
 
   }
 +
}
  
 +
--
 +
-- the manager sends a get request to discover the ipRouteType for
 +
-- the IP routing entry with ipRouteDest = 10.0.0.51
 +
--
  
 
+
{
 
+
   userData {                                  -- LPP
 
+
      ro-Invoke {                              -- ROSE
 
+
        invokeID 11,
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 61]
+
        operation-value m-Get (3),
 
+
        argument {                             -- CMIP
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
+
            baseManagedObjectClass {
 
+
              globalForm ipRouteEntry { 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1 }
 
+
            },
  --
+
            baseManagedObjectInstance {
   -- the agent replies with a get response indicating that
+
              distinguishedName {
  -- ipInHdrErrors = 0 and ipInAddrErrors = 2
+
                  relativeDistinguishedName {
  --
+
                     attributeValueAssertion {
 
+
                         attributeType ipRouteDest
  {
+
                                    { 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.1 },
      userData {                                  -- LPP
+
                         attributeValue 10.0.0.51
        ro-Result {                              -- ROSE
 
            invokeID 10,
 
            {
 
              operation-value m-Get(3),
 
              argument {                         -- CMIP
 
                  baseManagedObjectClass {
 
                    globalForm ip { 1.3.6.1.2.1.4 }
 
                  },
 
                  baseManagedObjectInstance {
 
                    distinguishedName {
 
                        relativeDistinguishedName {}
 
                    }
 
                  },
 
                  currentTime "19880821222541.300000Z",
 
                  attributeList {
 
                     attribute {
 
                         attributeId {
 
                          localID 4               -- ipInHdrErrors
 
                        },
 
                         attributeValue 0
 
                    },
 
                    attribute {
 
                        attributeId {
 
                          localID 5              -- ipInAddrErrors
 
                        },
 
                        attributeValue 2
 
 
                     }
 
                     }
 
                   }
 
                   }
 +
              }
 +
            },
 +
            attributeIdList {
 +
              attributeId {
 +
                  localID 8                    -- ipRouteType
 
               }
 
               }
 
             }
 
             }
Line 3,461: Line 2,727:
 
       }
 
       }
 
   }
 
   }
 +
}
  
 +
--
 +
-- the agent replies with a get response indicating the appropriate
 +
-- route type
 +
--
  
  --
+
{
  -- the manager sends a get request to discover the ipRouteType for
+
   userData {                                  -- LPP
  -- the IP routing entry with ipRouteDest = 10.0.0.51
+
      ro-Result {                              -- ROSE
  --
+
        invokeID 11,
 
+
        {
 
+
             operation-value m-Get(3),
 
+
             argument {                         -- CMIP
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 62]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
   {
 
      userData {                                  -- LPP
 
        ro-Invoke {                              -- ROSE
 
            invokeID 11,
 
             operation-value m-Get (3),
 
             argument {                             -- CMIP
 
 
               baseManagedObjectClass {
 
               baseManagedObjectClass {
 
                   globalForm ipRouteEntry { 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1 }
 
                   globalForm ipRouteEntry { 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1 }
Line 3,488: Line 2,746:
 
               baseManagedObjectInstance {
 
               baseManagedObjectInstance {
 
                   distinguishedName {
 
                   distinguishedName {
 +
 
                     relativeDistinguishedName {
 
                     relativeDistinguishedName {
 
                         attributeValueAssertion {
 
                         attributeValueAssertion {
Line 3,497: Line 2,756:
 
                   }
 
                   }
 
               },
 
               },
               attributeIdList {
+
               currentTime "19880821222613.780000Z",
                   attributeId {
+
              attributeList {
                    localID 8                     -- ipRouteType
+
                   attribute {
 +
                    attributeId {
 +
                        localID 8               -- ipRouteType
 +
                    },
 +
                    attributeValue "direct"
 
                   }
 
                   }
 
               }
 
               }
Line 3,506: Line 2,769:
 
       }
 
       }
 
   }
 
   }
 +
}
  
 +
--
 +
-- the manager sends a get request to read the TCP connection with
 +
-- the well-known port for FTP.
 +
--
  
   --
+
{
  -- the agent replies with a get response indicating the appropriate
+
   userData {                                  -- LPP
  -- route type
+
      ro-Invoke {                              -- ROSE
  --
+
        invokeID 12,
 +
        operation-value m-Get(3),
 +
        argument {                            -- CMIP
 +
            baseManagedObjectClass {
 +
              globalForm tcpConnTable { 1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13 }
 +
            },
  
  {
+
            baseManagedObjectInstance {
      userData {                                   -- LPP
+
              distinguishedName {
        ro-Result {                               -- ROSE
+
                  relativeDistinguishedName { }
             invokeID 11,
+
              }
             {
+
             },
              operation-value m-Get(3),
+
             scope oneLevel(1),
              argument {                         -- CMIP
+
            filter {
                  baseManagedObjectClass {
+
              item {
                    globalForm ipRouteEntry { 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1 }
 
                  },
 
                  baseManagedObjectInstance {
 
                    distinguishedName {
 
  
 
+
                  equality {
 
+
                    attributeType tcpConnLocalPort
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 63]
+
                          { 1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1.3 }
 
+
                    attributeValue 21          -- ftp
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                        relativeDistinguishedName {
 
                          attributeValueAssertion {
 
                              attributeType ipRouteDest
 
                                          { 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.1 },
 
                              attributeValue 10.0.0.51
 
                          }
 
                        }
 
                    }
 
                  },
 
                  currentTime "19880821222613.780000Z",
 
                  attributeList {
 
                    attribute {
 
                        attributeId {
 
                          localID 8              -- ipRouteType
 
                        },
 
                        attributeValue "direct"
 
                    }
 
 
                   }
 
                   }
 
               }
 
               }
 
             }
 
             }
 +
            attributeIdList { } -- an empty list means all attributes
 
         }
 
         }
 
       }
 
       }
 
   }
 
   }
 +
}
  
 +
--
 +
-- the agent replies with a get response providing the desired TCP
 +
-- connection information. If more than one TCP connection had
 +
-- satisfied the filter condition, a series of one or more linked
 +
-- reply PDUs would have been returned before the final get response.
 +
--
  
  --
+
{
  -- the manager sends a get request to read the TCP connection with
+
   userData {                                  -- LPP
   -- the well-known port for FTP.
+
      ro-Result {                              -- ROSE
  --
+
        invokeID 12,
 
+
        {
  {
 
      userData {                                  -- LPP
 
        ro-Invoke {                              -- ROSE
 
            invokeID 12,
 
 
             operation-value m-Get(3),
 
             operation-value m-Get(3),
             argument {                             -- CMIP
+
             argument {                         -- CMIP
 
               baseManagedObjectClass {
 
               baseManagedObjectClass {
                   globalForm tcpConnTable { 1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13 }
+
                   globalForm tcpConnEntry { 1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1 }
 
               },
 
               },
 
 
               baseManagedObjectInstance {
 
               baseManagedObjectInstance {
 
                   distinguishedName {
 
                   distinguishedName {
                     relativeDistinguishedName { }
+
                     relativeDistinguishedName {
                  }
+
                        attributeValueAssertion {
              },
+
                          attributeType  { tcpConnLocalAddress },
              scope oneLevel(1),
+
                          attributeValue 128.10.0.34
              filter {
+
                        },
                  item {
+
                        attributeValueAssertion {
 +
                          attributeType  { tcpConnLocalPort },
 +
                          attributeValue 21
 +
                        },
 +
                        attributeValueAssertion {
 +
                          attributeType  { tcpConnRemAddress },
 +
                          attributeValue 0.0.0.0
 +
                        },
 +
                        attributeValueAssertion {
 +
                          attributeType  { tcpConnRemPort },
  
 
+
                          attributeValue 0
 
+
                         },
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 64]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                    equality {
 
                         attributeType tcpConnLocalPort
 
                              { 1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1.3 }
 
                        attributeValue 21          -- ftp
 
 
                     }
 
                     }
 
                   }
 
                   }
               }
+
               },
               attributeIdList { } -- an empty list means all attributes
+
               currentTime "19880821222541.300000Z",
            }
+
              attributeList {
        }
+
                  attribute {
      }
+
                    attributeId {
  }
+
                        localId 1              -- tcpConnState
 
+
                    },
 
+
                     attributeValue LISTEN
  --
 
  -- the agent replies with a get response providing the desired TCP
 
  -- connection information. If more than one TCP connection had
 
  -- satisfied the filter condition, a series of one or more linked
 
  -- reply PDUs would have been returned before the final get response.
 
  --
 
 
 
  {
 
      userData {                                   -- LPP
 
        ro-Result {                              -- ROSE
 
            invokeID 12,
 
            {
 
              operation-value m-Get(3),
 
              argument {                          -- CMIP
 
                  baseManagedObjectClass {
 
                     globalForm tcpConnEntry { 1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1 }
 
 
                   },
 
                   },
                   baseManagedObjectInstance {
+
                   attribute {
                     distinguishedName {
+
                     attributeId {
                         relativeDistinguishedName {
+
                         localId 2              -- tcpConnLocalAddress
                          attributeValueAssertion {
+
                    },
                              attributeType  { tcpConnLocalAddress },
+
                    attributeValue 128.10.0.34
                              attributeValue 128.10.0.34
 
                          },
 
                          attributeValueAssertion {
 
                              attributeType  { tcpConnLocalPort },
 
                              attributeValue 21
 
                          },
 
                          attributeValueAssertion {
 
                              attributeType  { tcpConnRemAddress },
 
                              attributeValue 0.0.0.0
 
                          },
 
                          attributeValueAssertion {
 
                              attributeType  { tcpConnRemPort },
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 65]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                              attributeValue 0
 
                          },
 
                        }
 
                    }
 
 
                   },
 
                   },
                   currentTime "19880821222541.300000Z",
+
                   attribute {
                  attributeList {
+
                     attributeId {
                     attribute {
+
                         localId 3             -- tcpConnLocalPort
                         attributeId {
 
                          localId 1             -- tcpConnState
 
                        },
 
                        attributeValue LISTEN
 
 
                     },
 
                     },
                     attribute {
+
                     attributeValue 21
                        attributeId {
+
                  },
                          localId 2             -- tcpConnLocalAddress
+
                  attribute {
                        },
+
                    attributeId {
                        attributeValue 128.10.0.34
+
                        localId 4             -- tcpConnRemAddress
 
                     },
 
                     },
                     attribute {
+
                     attributeValue 0.0.0.0
                        attributeId {
+
                  },
                          localId 3             -- tcpConnLocalPort
+
                  attribute {
                        },
+
                    attributeId {
                        attributeValue 21
+
                        localId 5             -- tcpConnRemPort
 
                     },
 
                     },
                     attribute {
+
                     attributeValue 0
                        attributeId {
 
                          localId 4              -- tcpConnRemAddress
 
                        },
 
                        attributeValue 0.0.0.0
 
                    },
 
                    attribute {
 
                        attributeId {
 
                          localId 5              -- tcpConnRemPort
 
                        },
 
                        attributeValue 0
 
                    }
 
 
                   }
 
                   }
 
               }
 
               }
Line 3,688: Line 2,885:
 
       }
 
       }
 
   }
 
   }
 +
}
  
 +
--
 +
-- the manager sends a presentation release request
 +
--
  
 
+
{
 
+
   releaseRequest {                            -- LPP
 
+
      user-data {                              -- ACSE
 
+
        reason normal
 
 
 
 
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 66]
 
 
 
RFC 1095                          CMOT                        April 1989
 
 
 
 
 
  --
 
  -- the manager sends a presentation release request
 
  --
 
 
 
   {
 
      releaseRequest {                            -- LPP
 
        user-data {                              -- ACSE
 
            reason normal
 
        }
 
 
       }
 
       }
 
   }
 
   }
 +
}
  
 +
--
 +
-- the agent sends a presentation release response
 +
--
  
  --
+
{
   -- the agent sends a presentation release response
+
   releaseResponse {                            -- LPP
  --
+
      user-data {                              -- ACSE
 
+
        reason normal
  {
 
      releaseResponse {                            -- LPP
 
        user-data {                              -- ACSE
 
            reason normal
 
        }
 
 
       }
 
       }
 
   }
 
   }
 
+
}
  
 
Authors' Addresses
 
Authors' Addresses
  
  Unnikrishnan S. Warrier
+
Unnikrishnan S. Warrier
  Unisys Corporation
+
Unisys Corporation
  2400 Colorado  MS #42-13
+
2400 Colorado  MS #42-13
  Santa Monica, CA 90406
+
Santa Monica, CA 90406
 
 
  Phone: (213) 453-5196
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Larry Besaw
 
  Hewlett-Packard
 
  3404 East Harmony Road
 
  Fort Collins, CO 80525
 
 
 
  Phone: (303) 229-6022
 
 
 
  Email: lmb%[email protected]
 
  
 +
Phone: (213) 453-5196
  
 +
  
 +
Larry Besaw
 +
Hewlett-Packard
 +
3404 East Harmony Road
 +
Fort Collins, CO 80525
  
 +
Phone: (303) 229-6022
  
Warrier & Besaw                                                [Page 67]
+

Latest revision as of 12:29, 25 October 2020

Network Working Group U. Warrier Request for Comments: 1095 Unisys Corporation

                                                            L. Besaw
                                                     Hewlett-Packard
                                                          April 1989
 The Common Management Information Services and Protocol over TCP/IP
                             (CMOT)
                    Table of Contents

Contents

Status of this Memo

This memo defines a network management architecture that uses the International Organization for Standardization's (ISO) Common Management Information Services/Common Management Information Protocol (CMIS/CMIP) in a TCP/IP environment. This architecture provides a means by which control and monitoring information can be exchanged between a manager and a remote network element. In particular, this memo defines the means for implementing the Draft International Standard (DIS) version of CMIS/CMIP on top of Internet transport protocols for the purpose of carrying management information defined in the Internet-standard management information base. DIS CMIS/CMIP is suitable for deployment in TCP/IP networks while CMIS/CMIP moves toward becoming an International Standard. Together with the relevant ISO standards and the companion RFCs that describe the initial structure of management information and management information base, these documents provide the basis for a comprehensive architecture and system for managing TCP/IP-based internets, and in particular the Internet.

The Internet Activities Board (IAB) has designated two different network management protocols with the same status of "Draft Standard" and "Recommended".

The two protocols are the Common Management Information Services and Protocol over TCP/IP (CMOT) (this memo) and the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) [4].

The IAB intends each of these two protocols to receive the attention of implementers and experimenters. The IAB seeks reports of experience with these two protocols from system builders and users.

By this action, the IAB recommends that all IP and TCP implementations be network manageable (e.g., implement the Internet MIB [3], and that implementations that are network manageable are expected to adopt and implement at least one of these two Internet Draft Standards.

Distribution of this memo is unlimited.

Introduction

As reported in RFC 1052, "IAB Recommendations for the Development of Internet Network Management Standards" [1], the Internet Activities Board (IAB) has directed the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) to coordinate the work of three working groups in the area of network management. First, the MIB working group was charged with the specification and definition of elements to be included in the Management Information Base (MIB). Second, the SNMP working group was charged with defining the modifications to the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) necessary to accommodate the short-term needs of the network vendor and operations communities. Third, the Netman working group was directed to meet the longer-term needs of the Internet community by developing a network management system based on ISO CMIS/CMIP. Both the Netman working group and the SNMP working group were directed to align their work with the output of the MIB working group in order to ensure compatibility of management information between the short-term and long-term approaches to the management of TCP/IP-based internets. This will enable a smooth transition from the short-term protocol (SNMP) to the long-term protocol (CMIP).

The MIB working group has produced two memos. RFC 1065 [2] defines the Structure of Management Information (SMI) that is necessary for naming and defining managed objects in the MIB. RFC 1066 [3] defines the list of managed objects contained in the initial TCP/IP MIB. The SNMP working group has produced a memo [4] giving the protocol specification for SNMP and providing the SNMP protocol-specific interpretation of the Internet-standard MIB defined in RFC 1066.

This memo is the output of the Netman working group. As directed by the IAB in RFC 1052, it addresses the need for a long-term network management system based on ISO CMIS/CMIP. The network management approach of using ISO protocols in a TCP/IP environment to manage TCP/IP networks can be described as "CMIP Over TCP/IP" (CMOT). This memo specifies the CMOT architecture and the protocol agreements

necessary to implement CMIP and accompanying ISO protocols over the TCP and UDP transport protocols. In addition, this memo provides an interpretation of RFC 1066 that makes it possible to use CMIP to convey management information defined in the Internet-standard MIB.

There is widespread vendor support for the CMOT approach to network management. This is amply shown by the Netman demonstration of prototype CMOT implementations at the Interop '88 TCP/IP Interoperability Conference. The demonstration also showed the feasibility and power of the CMIS/CMIP framework for multivendor network management. Now that CMIS/CMIP has been voted a Draft International Standard (DIS), many vendors feel that the ISO standard has become a stable basis for product development. The clear need to standardize this development has led to the present profile of CMIP. It is expected that this profile will not change while the ISO standard moves from DIS status to International Standard (IS) status. If, however, the standard does change unexpectedly, the Netman working group will review such changes for appropriate action.

Another rationale for the CMOT approach is that it will facilitate the early use of ISO network management standards in large operational networks. This will make it possible for the Internet community to make valuable recommendations to ISO in the language of OSI management based on actual experience with the use and implementation of these standards. There is continuing network management standards development work in ISO where such contributions would be valuable.

The CMOT architecture is based on the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) management framework and models developed by ISO. This memo contains a set of protocol agreements for implementing a network management system based on this architecture. The protocol agreement sections of this memo must be read in conjunction with ISO and Internet documents defining specific protocol standards. Documents defining the following ISO standards are required for the implementor: Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) [5, 6], Association Control (ACSE) [7, 8], Remote Operations (ROSE) [9, 10], Common Management Information Services (CMIS) [11], and Common Management Information Protocol (CMIP) [12]. RFC 1085 [13] is required for the specification of a lightweight presentation layer protocol used in this profile. In addition, RFC 1065 [2] and RFC 1066 [3] are required for a definition of the initial SMI and MIB to be used with the CMOT management system.

This memo is divided into two main parts. The first part presents concepts and models; the second part contains the protocol agreements necessary for implementation of the CMOT network management system. The first part of the memo is divided into three sections: section 3

contains tutorial information on the OSI management framework; section 4 defines the basic CMOT approach; and section 5 discusses the area of management information and specifies how the abstract management information defined in the Internet-standard SMI and MIB map into CMIP. The second part of this memo is divided into sections for each of the protocols for which implementors' agreements are needed: CMISE, ACSE, ROSE, and the lightweight presentation protocol. The protocol profile defined in this part draws on the technical work of the OSI Network Management Forum [14] and the Network Management Special Interest Group (NMSIG) of the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) (formerly the National Bureau of Standards). Wherever possible, an attempt has been made to remain consistent with the protocol agreements reached by these groups.

                    Part I: Concepts and Models

The OSI Management Framework

The OSI management framework [15] presents the basic concepts and models required for developing network management standards. OSI management provides the ability to monitor and control network resources, which are represented as "managed objects." The following elements are essential for the description of a network management architecture and the standardization of a network management system: a model or set of models for understanding management; a common structure of management information for registering, identifying, and defining managed objects; detailed specifications of the managed objects; and a set of services and related protocols for performing remote management operations.

Architectural Overview

The basic concepts underlying OSI network management are quite simple [16]. There reside application processes called "managers" on managing systems (or management stations). There reside application processes called "agents" on managed systems (or network elements being managed). Network management occurs when managers and agents conspire (via protocols and a shared conceptual schema) to exchange monitoring and control information useful to the management of a network and its components. The terms "manager" and "agent" are also used in a loose and popular sense to refer to the managing and managed system, respectively.

The shared conceptual schema mentioned above is a priori knowledge about "managed objects" concerning which information is exchanged. Managed objects are system and networking resources (e.g., a modem, a protocol entity, an IP routing table, a TCP connection) that are subject to management. Management activities are effected through the manipulation of managed objects in the managed systems. Using the management services and protocol, the manager can direct the agent to perform an operation on a managed object for which it is responsible. Such operations might be to return certain values associated with a managed object (read a variable), to change certain values associated with a managed object (set a variable), or perform an action (such as self-test) on the managed object. In addition, the agent may also forward notifications generated asynchronously by managed objects to the manager (events or traps).

The terms "manager" and "agent" are used to denote the asymmetric relationship between management application processes in which the manager plays the superior role and the agent plays the subordinate.

However, the specification of the management protocol (CMIP) defines a peer protocol relationship that makes no assumptions concerning which end opens or closes a connection, or the direction of management data transfer. The protocol mechanisms provided are fully symmetric between the manager and the agent; CMIS operations can originate at either the manager or agent, as far as the protocol is concerned. This allows the possibility of symmetric as well as asymmetric relationships between management processes. Most devices will contain management applications that can only assume the agent role. Applications on managing systems, however, may well be able to play both roles at the same time. This makes possible "manager to manager" communication and the ability of one manager to manage another.

Management Models

Network management may be modeled in different ways. Three models are typically used to describe OSI management [17, 18]. An organizational model describes ways in which management can be administratively distributed. The functional model describes the management functions and their relationships. The information model provides guidelines for describing managed objects and their associated management information.

The Organizational Model

The organizational model introduces the concept of a management "domain." A domain is an administrative partition of a network or internet for the purpose of network management. Domains may be useful for reasons of scale, security, or administrative autonomy. Each domain may have one or more managers monitoring and controlling agents in that domain. In addition, both managers and agents may belong to more than one management domain. Domains allow the construction of both strict hierarchical and fully cooperative and distributed network management systems.

The Functional Model

The OSI Management Framework [15] defines five facilities or functional areas to meet specific management needs. This has proved to be a helpful way of partitioning the network management problem from an application point of view. These facilities have come to be known as the Specific Management Functional Areas (SMFAs): fault management, configuration management, performance management, accounting management, and security management. Fault management provides the ability to detect, isolate, and correct network problems. Configuration management enables network managers to change the configuration of remote network elements. Performance

management provides the facilities to monitor and evaluate the performance of the network. Accounting management makes it possible to charge users for network resources used and to limit the use of those resources. Finally, security management is concerned with managing access control, authentication, encryption, key management, and so on.

The Information Model

The OSI Management Framework considers all information relevant to network management to reside in a Management Information Base (MIB), which is a "conceptual repository of management information." Information within a system that can be referenced by the management protocol (CMIP) is considered to be part of the MIB. Conventions for describing and uniquely identifying the MIB information allow specific MIB information to be referenced and operated on by the management protocol. These conventions are called the Structure of Management Information (SMI). The information model is described more fully in section 5.

ISO Application Protocols

The following ISO application services and protocols are necessary for doing network management using the OSI framework: ACSE, ROSE, and CMIS/CMIP. All three of these protocols are defined using ASN.1 [5]. The ASN.1 modules defining each of these protocols are found in the relevant standards documents. The encoding rules for ASN.1 [6] provide a machine-independent network representation for data.

A brief overview of the terminology associated with the OSI application layer structure is presented here. A complete treatment of the subject can be found in the OSI Application Layer Structure document [22].

In the OSI environment, communication between "application processes" is modeled by communication between application entities. An "application entity" represents the communication functions of an application process. There may be multiple sets of OSI communication functions in an application process, so a single application process may be represented by multiple application entities. However, each application entity represents a single application process. An application entity contains a set of communication capabilities called "application service elements." An application service element is a coherent set of integrated functions. These application service elements may be used independently or in combination. Examples of application service elements are X.400, FTAM, ACSE, ROSE, and CMISE.

When communication is required between two application entities, one

or more "application associations" are established between them. Such an association can be viewed as a connection at the level of the application layer. An "application context" defines the set of application service elements which may be invoked by the user of an application association. The application context may prescribe one or more application service elements.

Generally, an "application layer protocol" is realized by the use of the functionality of a number of application service elements. This functionality is provided by the specification of a set of application protocol data units (APDUs) and the procedures governing their use. In general, the operation of an application layer protocol may require the combination of APDUs from different application service elements. The application entity makes direct use of presentation context identifiers for the specification and identification of APDUs.

ACSE

The Association Control Service Element (ACSE) is used to establish and release associations between application entities. Before any management operations can be performed using CMIP, it is necessary for the two application entities involved to form an association. Either the manager or the agent can initiate association establishment. ACSE allows the manager and agent to exchange application entity titles for the purpose of identification and application context names to establish an application context. As stated above, an application context defines what service elements (for instance, ROSE and CMISE) may be used over the association. After the association is established, ACSE is not used again until the association is released by the manager or agent.

ROSE

The Remote Operation Service Element (ROSE) is the ISO equivalent of remote procedure call. ROSE allows the invocation of an operation to be performed on a remote system. The Remote Operation protocol contains an invoke identifier for correlating requests and responses, an operation code, and an argument field for parameters specific to the operation. ROSE can only be invoked once an application association has been established. CMIP uses the transaction-oriented services provided by ROSE for all its requests and responses. CMIP also uses the error response facilities provided by ROSE.

CMISE

The Common Management Information Service Element (CMISE) is the service element that provides the basic management services. The

CMISE is a user of both ROSE and ACSE. The CMISE provides both confirmed and unconfirmed services for reporting events and retrieving and manipulating management data. These services are used by manager and agent application entities to exchange management information. Table 1 provides a list of the CMISE services. In addition, the CMISE also provides the ability to issue a series of (multiple) linked replies in response to a single request.

       +-----------------+-------------------------+
       |    Service      |     Type                |
       +-----------------+-------------------------+
       |  M-INITIALISE   | confirmed               |
       |  M-TERMINATE    | confirmed               |
       |  M-ABORT        | non-confirmed           |
       |  M-EVENT-REPORT | confirmed/non-confirmed |
       |  M-GET          | confirmed               |
       |  M-SET          | confirmed/non-confirmed |
       |  M-ACTION       | confirmed/non-confirmed |
       |  M-CREATE       | confirmed               |
       |  M-DELETE       | confirmed               |
       +-----------------+-------------------------+
            Table 1.  CMISE Service Summary

CMIS services can be divided into two main classes: management association services and information transfer services. Furthermore, there are two types of information transfer services: management notification services and management operation services. In addition to the other CMIS services, the CMISE provides facilities that enable multiple responses to confirmed operations to be linked to the operation by the use of a linked identification parameter.

Management Association Services

CMIS provides services for the establishment and release of application associations. These services control the establishment and normal and abnormal release of a management association. These services are simply pass-throughs to ACSE.

The M-INITIALISE service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to establish an association with a remote CMISE-service-user for the purpose of exchanging management information. A reply is expected. (A CMISE-service-user is that part of an application process that makes use of the CMISE.)

The M-TERMINATE service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to release

an association with a remote CMISE-service-user in an orderly manner. A reply is expected.

The M-ABORT service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user or a CMISE- service-provider to release an association with a remote CMISE- service-user in an abrupt manner.

Management Notification Services

The definition of notification and the consequent behavior of the communicating entities is dependent upon the specification of the managed object which generated the notification and is outside the scope of CMIS. CMIS provides the following service to convey management information applicable to notifications.

The M-EVENT-REPORT service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to report an event about a managed object to a remote CMISE-service- user. The service may be requested in a confirmed or a non-confirmed mode. In the confirmed mode, a reply is expected.

Management Operation Services

The definition of the operation and the consequent behavior of the communicating entities is dependent upon the specification of the managed object at which the operation is directed and is outside the scope of CMIS. However, certain operations are used frequently within the scope of management and CMIS provides the following definitions of the common services that may be used to convey management information applicable to the operations.

The M-GET service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to request the retrieval of management information from a remote CMISE-service-user. The service may only be requested in a confirmed mode. A reply is expected.

The M-SET service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to request the modification of management information by a remote CMISE-service- user. The service may be requested in a confirmed or a non-confirmed mode. In the confirmed mode, a reply is expected.

The M-ACTION service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to request a remote CMISE-service-user to perform an action. The service may be requested in a confirmed or a non-confirmed mode. In the confirmed

mode, a reply is expected.

The M-CREATE service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to request a remote CMISE-service-user to create another instance of a managed object. The service may only be requested in a confirmed mode. A

reply is expected.

The M-DELETE service is invoked by a CMISE-service-user to request a remote CMISE-service-user to delete an instance of a managed object. The service may only be requested in a confirmed mode. A reply is expected.

The CMOT Architecture

The CMOT (CMIP Over TCP/IP) architecture is based on the OSI management framework [15] and the models, services, and protocols developed by ISO for network management. The CMOT architecture demonstrates how the OSI management framework can be applied to a TCP/IP environment and used to manage objects in a TCP/IP network. The use of ISO protocols for the management of widely deployed TCP/IP networks will facilitate the ultimate migration from TCP/IP to ISO protocols. The concept of proxy management is introduced as a useful extension to the architecture. Proxy management provides the ability to manage network elements that either are not addressable by means of an Internet address or use a network management protocol other than CMIP.

The CMOT architecture specifies all the essential components of a network management architecture. The OSI management framework and models are used as the foundation for network management. A protocol-dependent interpretation of the Internet SMI [2] is used for defining management information. The Internet MIB [3] provides an initial list of managed objects. Finally, a means is defined for using ISO management services and protocols on top of TCP/IP transport protocols. Management applications themselves are not included within the scope of the CMOT architecture. What is currently standardized in this architecture is the minimum required for building an interoperable multivendor network management system. Applications are explicitly left as a competitive issue for network developers and providers.

Management Models

The following sections indicate how the CMOT architecture applies the OSI managements models and point out any limitations the CMOT architecture has as it is currently defined in this memo.

The Organizational Model

It is beyond the scope of this memo to define the relations and interactions between different management domains. The current CMOT architecture concerns itself only with the operations and characteristics of a single domain of management. The extension of

the mechanisms defined here to include multiple domains is left for further study.

The Functional Model

The CMOT architecture provides the foundation for carrying out management in the five functional areas (fault, configuration, performance, accounting, and security), but does not address specifically how any of these types of management are accomplished. It is anticipated that most functional requirements can be satisfied by CMIS. The greatest impact of the functional requirements in the various areas will likely be on the definition of managed objects.

The Information Model

There are two different SMI specifications that are important to the CMOT architecture. The first is the SMI currently being defined by ISO [19]. This SMI is important to the CMOT approach because the ISO management protocol CMIP has been designed with the ISO model of management information in mind. The second SMI of importance is the that defined by the IETF MIB working group for use in defining the Internet MIB [3]. This Internet SMI, which is loosely based on a simplified version of the ISO SMI, is important because the managed objects defined for TCP/IP networks to be used by CMOT are defined in terms of it. Thus, in order to make the CMOT architecture complete, it will be necessary to show how the Internet SMI maps into CMIP in such a way as to enable it to convey the management information defined in the Internet MIB. This is done in the section devoted to management information (section 5).

Protocol Architecture

The objective of the CMOT protocol architecture is to map the OSI management protocol architecture into the TCP/IP environment. The model presented here follows the OSI model at the application layer, while using Internet protocols at the transport layer. The ISO application protocols used for network management are ACSE, ROSE, and CMIP. Instead of implementing these protocols on top of the ISO presentation, session, and transport layer protocols, the protocol data units (PDUs) for ACSE, ROSE, and CMIP are carried using the Internet transport protocols UDP [20] and TCP [21]. This is made possible by means of the lightweight presentation protocol defined in RFC 1085 [13] that maps ROSE and ACSE onto TCP/UDP/IP. The use of Internet transport protocols is transparent to network management applications, since they are presented with real ISO services.

The Lightweight Presentation Layer

Given that it is desired to put ISO application protocols on top of TCP/IP, how is this best accomplished? It is necessary somehow to fill the "gap" between the ISO protocols (ACSE and ROSE) and the Internet protocols (UDP and TCP). Two basic approaches were considered.

One possible approach [23] is to extend the ISO portion of the protocol stack down to the transport layer. The ISO Transport Protocol Class 0 (TP 0) then uses TCP instead of an ISO network protocol. Effectively, this treats TCP as a reliable network connection analogous to X.25. This approach allows us to operate "standard" ISO applications over TCP regardless of their service requirements, since all ISO services are provided. In this case, network management is just another such application. The major drawback with this approach is that full ISO presentation, session, and transport layers are expensive to implement (both in terms of processing time and memory).

Another approach is presented in RFC 1085. Since the service elements required for network management (ACSE, ROSE, CMISE) do not require the use of full ISO presentation layer services, it is possible to define a "streamlined" presentation layer that provides only the services required. This lightweight presentation protocol (LPP) allows the use of ISO presentation services over both TCP and UDP. This approach eliminates the necessity of implementing ISO presentation, session, and transport protocols for the sake of doing ISO network management in a TCP/IP environment. This minimal approach is justified because this non-ISO presentation protocol used is very small and very simple. Thus, the LPP defined in RFC 1085 provides a compact and easy to implement solution to the problem. The resulting CMOT protocol stack is shown in Figure 1.

               Manager                              Agent
       +-----------------------+           +-----------------------+
       |                       |           |                       |
       | +----+ +----+ +-----+ | <-------> | +----+ +----+ +-----+ |
       | |ACSE| |ROSE| |CMISE| |    CMIP   | |ACSE| |ROSE| |CMISE| |
       | +----+ +----+ +-----+ |           | +----+ +----+ +-----+ |
       |                       |           |                       |
       +-----------------------+           +-----------------------+
       |         LPP           |           |         LPP           |
       +-----------------------+           +-----------------------+
       |   TCP    |    UDP     |           |   TCP    |   UDP      |
       +-----------------------+           +-----------------------+
       |         IP            |           |         IP            |
       +-----------------------+           +-----------------------+
       |         Link          |           |         Link          |
       +-----------------------+           +-----------------------+
                  |                                   |
                  |                                   |
                  |                                   |
       =========================================================
                              Network
       =========================================================
                 Figure 1.  The CMOT Protocol Architecture

It is important to note that the presentation services provided by the LPP are "real" (but minimal) ISO presentation services [24]. This provides a clear migration path to "full ISO" in the future. Such a migration would be accomplished by substituting ISO protocols for the Internet protocols TCP, UDP, and IP [25], and replacing the LPP with ISO presentation and session protocols. No changes will be required in the ISO application layer protocols. For this reason, investments in application development will be well preserved.

The Quality of Transport Service

The quality of transport service needed for network management applications is an issue that has caused much controversy, yet it has never been resolved. There are two basic approaches: datagram- oriented and connection-oriented. There are advantages and disadvantages to both of these two approaches. While the datagram- oriented approach is simple, requires minimal code space, and can operate under conditions where connections may not be possible, the connection-oriented approach offers data reliability and provides guaranteed and consistent service to the driving application.

This memo does not take sides on this issue. Rather it passes such

resolution to the network management applications, which are ultimately the point where the requirements from the underlying service need to be determined. As such, the CMOT protocol architecture provides both services. The presentation layer service allows the application to select either high or low quality service for the underlying transport. Depending on this choice, the LPP will use either UDP (low quality) or TCP (high quality) to establish the application association and carry the application data. It is important, however, for the application to be aware of the quality of service that it is using: low quality means low quality! The use of an unreliable transport like UDP necessarily puts more burden on the application.

Proxy Management

Proxy is a term that originated in the legal community to indicate an entity empowered to perform actions on behalf of another. In our context, a proxy is a manager empowered to perform actions on behalf of another manager. This may be necessary because the manager cannot communicate directly with the managed devices either for security or other administrative reasons or because of incompatible communication mechanisms or protocols. In either case, the proxy assumes the agent role with respect to the requesting manager and the manager role with respect to the managed device.

Some network elements, such as modems or bridges, may not be able to support CMIP and all the associated protocols. In addition, such devices may not have Internet addresses. Such devices are called "limited systems". It may be possible to manage these devices using proprietary mechanisms or other standard protocols (such as the IEEE 802.1 management protocol for managing bridges). In cases where it is desirable to integrate the management of such devices with the overall CMOT management of an internet, it is necessary to use proxy management. Some network elements that are not "limited systems" as described above may still benefit from the use of proxy management. If the management protocol supported by such a system is proprietary or some standard protocol other than CMIP (such as SNMP), then CMOT proxy management can be used to integrate the management of such systems.

A proxy operates in the following manner. When a CMOT manager wants to send a request to a managed device that it cannot communicate with directly, it routes the request to the proxy. The proxy maps the CMIP request into the information schema understood by the managed device and sends the appropriate request to the managed device using the native management protocol of the device. When the proxy receives the response from the managed device, it uses CMIP to return the information to the manager that made the original request.

The use of proxy management can be largely transparent to the requesting manager, which appears to be exchanging information directly with the selected device. The only thing that is known to the manager is that additional "instance" information is required to select a particular device managed by the proxy. Each proxy may support many managed devices, using the "instance" information to multiplex CMIP requests and responses among them. The mapping between a specific instance and an actual managed device is a local matter. (The use of the CMIP Object Instance field to select a particular system to manage by proxy is explained below in section 5.3.2.2.)

A proxy may also serve as an "intermediate manager" in another less transparent sense. The proxy manager may be requested to calculate summary statistics on information gathered from many different managed systems (e.g., the average number of PDUs transmitted or the distribution of PDUs transmitted over time). The proxy may be requested to log events transmitted by the managed systems under its control and to send to the requesting manager only those events of specific types. When this use of proxy management is made, the conceptual schema for managed objects known to both the requesting manager and proxy must include definitions of these aggregate managed objects (i.e., objects that do not belong to any one managed system). How the aggregate statistics would be calculated and logging performed based on information from the different devices managed by the proxy would be part of the definition of these aggregate managed objects.

Directory Service

RFC 1085 specifies the use of a minimal (or "stub") directory service. It specifies how the service name for an OSI application entity is converted into an "application entity title." The application entity title is then mapped into a presentation address. The form of a service name, an application entity title, and a presentation address can be found in RFC 1085.

Management Information

The description of management information has two aspects. First, a structure of management information (SMI) defines the logical structure of management information and how it is identified and described. Second, the management information base (MIB), which is specified using the SMI, defines the actual objects to be managed. The purpose of this section is to show how CMIP is used in the CMOT architecture to convey information defined in the Internet MIB.

The Structure of Management Information

The SMI supplies the model for understanding management information, as well as templates and ASN.1 macros that can be used for defining actual management information. The following sections discuss the ISO SMI, the Internet SMI, and a way of interpreting the Internet SMI in terms of the ISO SMI so that CMIP can be used to carry management information defined in terms of the Internet SMI.

The ISO SMI

The ISO SMI [19] is based on the abstraction of a "managed object" and the various kinds of relationships objects can be involved in. The following discussion does not purport to be a complete and accurate description of the latest ISO SMI work. It is intended to be a clear presentation of the basic ISO SMI concepts essential for understanding the CMIP-specific interpretation of the Internet SMI presented in section 5.3.

Managed Objects and Attributes

Management Information is modeled using object-oriented techniques. All "things" in the network that are to be managed are represented in terms of managed objects. A "managed object" is an abstraction (or logical view) for the purposes of network management of a "manageable" physical or logical resource of the network. In this context, "manageable" means that a particular resource can be managed by using CMIP. Examples of managed objects are protocol entities, modems, and connections.

Each managed object belongs to a particular object class. An "object class" represents a collection of managed objects with the same, or similar, properties. A particular managed object existing in a particular network is defined as an "object instance" of the object class to which it belongs. Thus, an object instance represents an actual realization of an object class (i.e., a managed object of a particular class bound to specific values). An example of an object class is "transport connection." In an actual network, there are a number of managed objects (specific transport connections) that are instances of this class. In summary, a managed object type, which is called an "object class," is the collection of all actual and potential instances of that type.

Managed objects are fully defined by specifying the "attributes" or properties the object has, the CMIS operations that can be performed on the object (e.g., M-SET, M-CREATE) and any constraints on those operations, specific actions (e.g., self-test) that can be performed on the object, events that the object can generate, and information

about various relationships the object may be involved in. All of this information relevant to a managed object is typically provided by filling in an object template.

Managed objects contain properties that are referred to as attributes. Attributes are atomic items of information that can only be manipulated as a whole. An example of an attribute is a counter providing a specific piece of information, such as the number of packets retransmitted.

Each object class and attribute is assigned a unique identifier (an ASN.1 OBJECT IDENTIFIER) for purposes of naming by a registration authority.

Management Information Hierarchies

Managed objects participate in relationships with each other. There are two relationships that are of particular importance for management information: the containment relationship and the inheritance relationship. These relationships can be used to construct hierarchies of managed objects. In addition, there is another hierarchy defined by the registration process for registering identifiers for object classes and attributes.

5.1.1.2.1. The Registration Hierarchy

The registration hierarchy is determined by the ASN.1 registration tree [5] for assigning OBJECT IDENTIFIERs. An OBJECT IDENTIFIER is an administratively assigned name composed of a series of integers traversing a path from the root of the ASN.1 registration tree to the node or leaf to be identified. For example, the sequence of integers { iso(1) standard(0) ips-osi-mips(9596) cmip(2) } (1.0.9596.2) can be used to uniquely identify the CMIP standard. Each node of this tree has an associated registration authority that determines how numbers in the subtree defined by that node are allocated. In the context of management, these OBJECT IDENTIFIERs are used for identifying object classes and attributes. The registration hierarchy is not based on any particular relationship between managed objects or between managed objects and their attributes. It is independent of both the inheritance and containment relationships described below. Its purpose is simply to generate universally unique identifiers.

5.1.1.2.2. The Containment Hierarchy

The containment hierarchy is constructed by applying the relationship "is contained in" to objects and attributes. Objects of one class may contain objects of the same or different class. Objects may also contain attributes. Attributes cannot contain objects or other

attributes. For example, objects of the class "transport entity" may contain objects of the class "transport connection"; an object of the class "management domain" may contain objects of the class "node." An object class that contains another object class is called the "superior" object class; an object class that is contained in another object class is called the "subordinate" object class. The containment relationships that an object may participate in are part of the definition of the object class to which that managed object belongs. All object classes (except the topmost) must have at least one possible superior in the containment tree. The definition of a class may permit it to have more than one such superior. However, individual instances of such a class are nevertheless contained in only one instance of a possible containing class.

The containment hierarchy is important because it can be used for identifying instances of a managed object. For example, assume there is an object class "domain" that contains an object class "node" that contains an object class "transport entity" that contains an object class "transport connection." A particular instance of a transport connection can be identified by the concatenation of "instance information" for each object class in the containment path: { domain="organization," node="herakles," transport entity=tp4, transport connection=<TSAP-AddressA, TSAP-AddressB> }.

What constitutes appropriate "instance information" for each object class is part of the definition of that object class and is known as the "distinguished attribute(s)." A distinguished attribute is composed of an OBJECT IDENTIFIER naming the attribute and the value of the attribute. For each object class, the distinguished attributes that differentiate instances of that class are collectively called the "relative distinguished name." A sequence of relative distinguished names (one for each class in the containment path) is the "distinguished name" of a managed object. The example given above represents the distinguished name of a transport connection. The containment hierarchy is sometimes referred to as the "naming tree", because it is used to "name" a particular instance of a managed object.

The containment relationship also defines an existence dependency among its components; an object or attribute can "exist" only if the containing object also "exists." Deletion of an object may result in deletion of all objects and attributes contained within it. Alternately, depending on the definition of the managed object, deletion may be refused until all contained managed objects have been deleted.

5.1.1.2.3. The Inheritance Hierarchy

The inheritance hierarchy is constructed by applying the relationship "inherits properties of" to object classes. An object class may inherit properties of another object class; refinement is obtained by adding additional properties. In this relationship, the parent class is called the "superclass" and the inheriting class the "subclass." For example, the class "layer entity" may be a superclass of "network entity," which in turn is a superclass of "X.25 network entity." Attributes defined for "network entity" (e.g., the number of packets sent) are automatically defined for "X.25 network entity" without having to explicitly include them in the definition for the class "X.25 network entity." Thus, inheritance serves as a shorthand for defining object classes using object-oriented methodology. Each class (except the topmost) has at least one superclass, but may have zero, one, or many subclasses. Subclasses may in turn have further subclasses, to any degree. A special object called "top" is the ultimate superclass. It has no properties of its own.

The inheritance hierarchy has no relevance to the naming of object instances. It is useful only insofar as it leads to a manageable and extensible technique for the definition of object classes.

The Internet SMI

The Internet SMI [2] is designed to be a protocol-independent SMI that can be used with both SNMP and CMIP. For this reason, it is necessary for any management protocol that uses this SMI to show how it is to be interpreted in a protocol-specific manner. This is done for CMIP in this memo.

The Internet SMI indicates both how to identify managed objects and how to define them. The Internet SMI defines a registration subtree rooted at { iso(1) org(3) dod(6) internet(1) } for the sake of registering OBJECT IDENTIFIERs to be used for uniquely identifying managed objects. The current Internet SMI specifies the format for defining objects in terms of an "object type" template and an associated OBJECT-TYPE ASN.1 macro. An object type definition contains five fields: a textual name, along with its corresponding OBJECT IDENTIFIER; an ASN.1 syntax; a definition of the semantics of the object type; an access (read-only, read-write, write-only, or not-accessible); and a status (mandatory, optional, or obsolete). The current Internet SMI does not provide any mechanism for defining actions or events associated with a managed object.

In describing management information, the current Internet SMI does not use the notions of "object class" and "attribute" found in the ISO SMI. Only the concepts of "object type" and "object instance"

are used. The Internet SMI shows how to define object types; it leaves the specification of object instances as a protocol-specific matter. The current Internet structure of management information is simpler and less rich than the corresponding ISO structure. The ISO SMI makes a distinction between simple "attributes," which can be viewed as "leaf objects" that are the lowest elements of the containment hierarchy, and composite "managed objects" that belong to an "object class" and have a structure associated with them (that is, can contain attributes). The Internet SMI does not draw this distinction; both simple and composite "objects" are defined as "object types." What structure is associated with objects in the Internet SMI is defined through the deliberate attempt to structure the lower part of the Internet registration tree according to containment principles. (Objects that are considered "attributes" of other containing objects are defined directly below them in the object registration tree.) This results in a certain lack of flexibility, since the registration hierarchy is implicitly used to define the containment hierarchy. This means that the Internet SMI does not contain a mechanism for defining containment relationships that do not happen to coincide with the registration hierarchy. In interpreting the Internet SMI for use with CMIP, it is necessary to overcome this limitation.

The Management Information Base

The Management Information Base (MIB) is a "conceptual repository of management information." It is an abstract view of all the objects in the network that can be managed. Note that the MIB is conceptual in that it does not carry any implications whatsoever about the physical storage (main memory, files, databases, etc.) of management information. The SMI provides the guidelines for defining objects contained in the MIB.

The CMOT approach will use the Internet MIB based on the Internet SMI described above. The first version of the Internet MIB, which is the product of the IETF MIB working group, is defined in RFC 1066 [3]. It contains objects divided into eight groups: system, interfaces, address translation, IP, ICMP, TCP, UDP, and EGP. In addition, the Internet SMI provides for future versions of the Internet MIB and a means for otherwise extending the MIB through the registration of managed objects under "private" and "experimental" branches of the object registration tree. Appendix B provides a protocol-specific interpretation of the first version of the TCP/IP MIB defined in [3] so that it can be used with CMOT. This interpretation is based on a straightforward mapping of the current Internet SMI to the ISO SMI (section 5.3).

The initial version of the Internet MIB concentrates on defining

objects associated with various Internet protocols. It is expected that future versions of the Internet MIB and various extensions will provide a much richer set of objects to manage, including management information about a variety of network devices and systems. Thus, an expanded MIB will allow wide-ranging and powerful management using the CMOT approach.

An Interpretation of the Internet SMI

In order to use CMIP to convey information defined in terms of the Internet SMI, it is necessary to show how object instances are specified and to provide the necessary structure for differentiating object class and attributes. These objectives are both met by separating the containment hierarchy used for naming objects from the registration hierarchy and by imposing an "object class" structure on the Internet SMI. Using the technique of imposing an object class structure does not replace or redefine the object definitions in the Internet MIB; it merely provides a necessary gloss or commentary on a MIB defined in terms of the Internet SMI. For example, Appendix B references the "object type" definitions found in [3], but imposes additional structure on them.

This object class definition derives from a simplified version of the OBJECT-CLASS macro defined in the ISO SMI [19]. The more complex definition is not needed for present purposes. (The object class definition presented here could be extended in the future to show what actions and events are associated with a managed object.) The object class definition has the following fields:

OBJECT CLASS:


  A textual name, termed the OBJECT CLASS DESCRIPTOR, for the object
  class, along with its corresponding OBJECT IDENTIFIER.

Definition:

  A textual description of the object class.

Subclass Of:

  The OBJECT CLASS DESCRIPTOR of the object class that is the
  superclass of this object class. This field is used for indicating
  the inheritance relationship.

Superiors:

  A list of OBJECT CLASS DESCRIPTORs of the possible superior object
  classes of this object class. This field is used for indicating
  the containment relationship.

Names:

  A list of OBJECT DESCRIPTORs identifying the OBJECT TYPES that are
  the distinguished attributes of this object class. (The OBJECT-
  TYPE macro is defined in RFC 1065). Attributes listed here will
  normally be present in the Attribute field of the object class
  definition.  This field is used for indicating what attributes
  must be present in the relative distinguished name that indicates
  an instance of this object class.

Attributes:

  A list of OBJECT DESCRIPTORs identifying the OBJECT TYPES that are
  attributes of this object class. (The OBJECT-TYPE macro is defined
  in RFC 1065). This field is used for indicating the attributes
  that are contained in this object class.
  This object class definition satisfies our objectives for
  interpreting the Internet SMI for use by CMIP.  The Attributes
  field shows what attributes are contained in this object class;
  this makes the necessary distinction between object classes and
  attributes required by CMIP.  Instead of referencing an
  "attribute" def inition (as is done in the ISO SMI), the
  Attributes field references the "object type" definition found in
  RFC 1065 and used to define the Internet-standard MIB in RFC 1066.
  The name, syntax, and access information required for attributes
  is contained in the "object type" definition.  Two things are
  required for specifying an instance of a managed object: a
  containment relationship determining a sequence of object classes
  and a means for specifying the distinguished attributes for an
  object class.  The Superiors field makes the containment
  relationship explicit; it is no longer merely a function of the
  registration tree.  The Names field makes it possible to indicate
  the distinguished attributes for an object class required for
  giving instance information.  Thus, the object class definition
  makes it possible to specify an object instance using CMIP.

Object Class and Attributes

The mapping of management information to the CMIS parameters Managed Object Class and Attribute Identifier List now becomes apparent.

Object Class

The CMIS Managed Object Class parameter is the OBJECT IDENTIFIER assigned to the particular object class. For example, the Managed Object Class for the object class "ip" (as defined in Appendix B) is

    { mib 4 } = 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.
Attribute Identifier

The CMIS Attribute Identifier List parameter is a list of Attribute Identifiers. An Attribute Identifier can be either global or local. If it is global, then it is the OBJECT IDENTIFIER assigned to the attribute (i.e., "object type") that is being indicated. For example, the global Attribute Identifier for the attribute "ipForwarding" (as defined in [3]) is

    { ip 1 } = 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.1.

If the Attribute Identifier is local, it is an integer that is the last component in the OBJECT IDENTIFIER identifying the object. For ipForwarding, the local Attribute Identifier is 1. In the case where the local identifier is used, the leading components of the OBJECT IDENTIFIER for the attribute must be the OBJECT IDENTIFIER of the containing object class. This is true for the interpreted Internet MIB defined in Appendix B, but may not be true generally. The local identifier is intended to be interpreted relative to the Managed Object Class field of the CMIP PDU. When a local Attribute Identifier is encountered in a CMIP PDU, the global form of the identifier is formed by prepending the OBJECT IDENTIFIER in the Managed Object Class field to the local identifier. This is valid only when scoping is not used (i.e., scoping is "baseObject"). If scoping is used, then the global form of the Attribute Identifier must be used instead of the local form.

Management Information Hierarchies

The following sections show how the three management information hierarchies are to be understood for the interpreted Internet SMI.

The Registration Hierarchy

The registration hierarchy is the global object registration tree described in [2]. It is used merely for assigning identifiers for object classes and attributes (i.e., "object types" in RFC 1065).

The Containment Hierarchy

As described above, the containment hierarchy is used to specify an object instance. The Names field of the object class definition contains the distinguished attributes for the object class. The OBJECT IDENTIFIER naming the "attribute" together with its value is called an attribute value assertion. A set of attribute value assertions (one for each distinguished attribute) is the relative distinguished name associated with that object class. The sequence of relative distinguished names for each of the object classes in the

containment hierarchy to which a managed object belongs is the distinguished name of the object. An object instance is fully specified by a distinguished name.

Let us take a concrete example from Appendix B. How would we represent an instance of an entry in the IP routing table? We begin by examining the object class in question (ipRouteEntry) and use the Superiors field to find the superior class in the containment hierarchy (ipRoutingTable). This process continues until we construct the following containment path of object classes: system, ip, ipRoutingTable, ipRouteEntry. Now for each of these object classes, we inspect the Names field to find the distinguished attribute for that object class. If no Names field is present (as is the case for "ip" and "ipRoutingTable"), then no instance information is required at that level. Both "system" and "ipRouteEntry" have Name fields to show what information is expected at that level. With this information, we can construct the following distinguished name specifying an instance of an IP routing table entry:

              baseManagedObjectInstance {
                 distinguishedName {
                    relativeDistinguishedName {    -- system
                       attributeValueAssertion {
                          attributeType { cmotSystemID }
                          attributeValue "gateway1.acme.com"
                       }
                    },
                    relativeDistinguishedName {    -- ipRouteEntry
                       attributeValueAssertion {
                          attributeType { ipRouteDest }
                          attributeValue 10.0.0.51
                       }
                    }
                 }
              }

If the system instance information is not present, then it is assumed to be the system with which the management association is established (i.e., the system receiving the request).

Note that the object instance tree can contain components of the distinguished name that are outside the managed system (node). This enables referencing of objects across management domains (there could be an object class "domain") and across a collection of nodes. In a network where several intermediate managers may be involved in a request, each intermediate manager can use the "system" portion of

the name to determine where to send a request or result. This technique of naming treats each intermediate managing system as a proxy manager. The proxy manager resolves the address of the next node in the chain and may use a different protocol to transfer the request or result. Thus, the "system" instance information can be used to name devices being managed by proxy.

The Inheritance Hierarchy

The Internet SMI does not use the inheritance relationship. The "Subclass Of" field is present in the object class definition to show how the inheritance relationship would be represented and to allow for future extensibility. It is not used for any of the object classes defined in Appendix B.

Scoping, Filtering, and Synchronization

Within some services, CMIS provides additional capabilities that are related to the SMI. These are the scoping, filtering, synchronization, and linked-reply facilities. The presence of these facilities are indicated by the Multiple Object Selection Functional Unit defined in CMIS [11].

These facilities provide the manager with the ability to operate on a collection of managed objects, rather than a single object. The selection of multiple objects occurs in two phases: scoping and filtering. Scoping is used to identify the managed objects to which a filter is to be applied. Then filtering is used to select a subset of managed objects that satisfy certain conditions. If scoping is not used, only the "base" managed object indicated by the CMIS Managed Object Class parameter is implied. An example of the use of scoping and filtering for selecting a particular managed object (a table entry) is given in one of the sample protocol exchanges found in Appendix C.

Scoping

Scoping is meant to be understood in terms of the containment hierarchy. A position at a certain level of the containment tree is defined by the CMIS Managed Object Class parameter. The CMIS Scope parameter is then interpreted relative to this "base" managed object (defined by both object class and object instance). The Scope parameter can be used to select the base object alone, all managed objects in the entire subtree (of the containment tree) below the base object, or all managed objects in the "n"th level (n = 1, 2, 3,...) below the base object.

Filtering

Within the objects selected as a result of the scope parameter, it is possible to further refine the selection of managed objects through the use of filtering. Filtering provides the ability to select a subset of these objects based on conditions applied to attributes (e.g., IP routing table entries with the "ipRouteAge > 100") and logical operations (and, or, not).

Synchronization

When multiple managed objects have been selected using scoping and filtering, the question of synchronization across object instances (such as multiple IP routing table entries) arises. The two possible choices are "best effort" and "atomic." If "best effort" synchronization is selected, the failure to apply an operation (e.g., M-SET) to one instance of an object does not affect the effort to apply this operation to other instances of the object. If "atomic" synchronization is selected, then the operation is either performed on all object instances selected or none. The default synchronization is best effort.

Linked Replies

If the reply to a single request for a set of managed objects results in more than one managed object being returned, all of these managed objects cannot be returned together in a single CMIP response PDU. The reason for this is that the structure of the CMIP response PDU only has a single field for containing object instance information. Since each managed object has its own instance information, each managed object must be returned in a separate CMIP PDU. In such a case, the CMIP Linked Reply PDU is used. The Linked Reply PDU provides a means of associating each of the multiple replies with the original request that generated them. Thus, a single CMIP Get Request PDU that uses scoping and filtering would result in zero or more CMIP Linked Reply PDUs being returned before a final CMIP Get Result PDU.

A linked reply can also be used to segment a CMIP response pertaining to a single managed object. This would only be necessary if UDP is being used as the underlying transport and it is not possible to return all the information requested about the managed object in a single response PDU subject to the size limitations described in section 10.2.

Accessing Tables

This section explains how to use the interpreted Internet SMI and MIB

to access tables.

Accessing Whole Tables

A whole table is accessed by specifying the object class of the table, indicating a scoping level of one, and not providing an attribute identifier list. The CMIS standard [11] specifies that if the attribute identifier parameter is not present, then all attribute identifiers are assumed. The following CMIS parameters would be used to return the entire TCP connection table:

    Object Class: { tcpConnTable }
    Object Instance: "empty" (unless proxy management is used)
    Scope: oneLevel(1)
    Filter: not present
    Attribute Identifier List: not present

By scoping one level below "tcpConnTable," all managed objects of the class "tcpConnEntry" are selected. (The object class "tcpConnEntry" is the only object class one level below the object class "tcpConnTable" in the containment hierarchy.) The absence of an attribute identifier list signals that all attributes of the managed object are to be returned (i.e., all fields of the TCP connection table entry).

In reply to this request, each entry of the table will be returned in a separate CMIP PDU (either a Linked Reply PDU or a Get Result PDU). Each reply CMIP PDU will specify the Object Class "tcpConnEntry" and the appropriate Object Instance information for that entry, as well as an Attribute List giving the values of each of the fields of the table entry.

Accessing Table Entries

An entire table entry is accessed by specifying the object class of the table entry, providing a distinguished name specifying the instance of the table entry, and not providing an attribute identifier list. As seen above, the absence of the attribute identifier list parameter indicates that all attributes are assumed. The absence of a scope parameter indicates that the base managed object class is intended. The following CMIS parameters would be used to return the entire IP routing table entry for which the field "ipRouteDest" has the value 10.0.0.51:

    Object Class: { ipRouteEntry }
    Object Instance: { ipRouteDest, 10.0.0.51 }
    Scope: not present
    Filter: not present
    Attribute Identifier List: not present

The result is returned in a single CMIP Get Result PDU with an attribute list consisting of all of the attributes (i.e., fields) of the table entry and their corresponding values.

If the object class field refers to a table entry and no instance information is provided to select a particular entry, then a "noSuchObjectInstance" CMIP error should be returned.

                   Part II: Protocol Agreements

CMOT Protocol Overview

This part of the document is a specification of the protocols of the CMOT architecture. Contained herein are the agreements required to implement interoperable network management systems using these protocols. The protocol suite defined by these implementors' agreements will facilitate communication between equipment of different vendors, suppliers, and networks. This will allow the emergence of powerful multivendor network management based on ISO models and protocols.

The choice of a set of protocol standards together with further agreements needed to implement those standards is commonly referred to as a "profile." The selection policy for the CMOT profile is to use existing standards from the international standards community (ISO and CCITT) and the Internet community. Existing ISO standards and draft standards in the area of OSI network management form the basis of this CMOT profile. Other ISO application layer standards (ROSE and ACSE) are used to support the ISO management protocol (CMIP). To ensure interoperability, certain choices and restrictions are made here concerning various options and parameters provided by these standards. Internet standards are used to provide the underlying network transport. These agreements provide a precise statement of the implementation choices made for implementing ISO network management standards in TCP/IP-based internets.

In addition to the Netman working group, there are at least two other bodies actively engaged in defining profiles for interoperable OSI network management: the National Institute of Science and Technology (NIST) Network Management Special Interest Group (NMSIG) and the OSI Network Management Forum. Both of these groups are similar to the Netman working group in that they are each defining profiles for using ISO standards for network management. Both differ in that they are specifying the use of underlying ISO protocols, while the Netman working group is concerned with using OSI management in TCP/IP networks. In the interest of greater future compatibility, the Netman working group has attempted to make the CMOT profile conform as closely as possible to the ongoing work of these two bodies.

The CMOT Protocol Suite

The following seven protocols compose the CMOT protocol suite: ISO ACSE, ISO DIS ROSE, ISO DIS CMIP, the lightweight presentation protocol (LPP), UDP, TCP, and IP. The relation of these protocols to each other is briefly summarized in Figure 2.

             +----------------------------------------------+
             |       Management Application Processes       |
             +----------------------------------------------+
                         +-------------------+
                         |       CMISE       |
                         | ISO DIS 9595/9596 |
                         +-------------------+
             +------------------+       +--------------------+
             |        ACSE      |       |        ROSE        |
             | ISO IS 8649/8650 |       | ISO DIS 9072-1/2   |
             +------------------+       +--------------------+
             +-----------------------------------------------+
             |     Lightweight Presentation Protocol (LPP)   |
             |                   RFC 1085                    |
             +-----------------------------------------------+
             +------------------+       +--------------------+
             |       TCP        |       |        UDP         |
             |     RFC 793      |       |      RFC 768       |
             +------------------+       +--------------------+
             +-----------------------------------------------+
             |                     IP                        |
             |                   RFC 791                     |
             +-----------------------------------------------+
                  Figure 2.  The CMOT Protocol Suite

Conformance Requirements

A CMOT-conformant system must implement the following protocols: ACSE, ROSE, CMIP, LPP, and IP. A conformant system must support the use of the LPP over either UDP or TCP. The use of the LPP over both UDP and TCP on the same system may be supported. A conformant system need not support all CMIS operations. A conformant system must, however, support at least one of the functional unit groups (indicating a set of supported services) defined in section 7.1.3. The service and protocol selections are described in greater detail in the following sections.

Abstract Syntax Notation

The abstract syntax notation for all of the application service elements of the CMOT protocol suite is Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) [5]. The LPP is also defined using ASN.1. The basic

encoding rules used for ASN.1 are specified in [6]. Both definite- length and indefinite-length encodings are expressly permitted.

Common Management Information Service Element

The Common Management Information Service Element (CMISE) is specified in two ISO documents. The service definition for the Common Management Information Service (CMIS) is given in ISO DIS 9595-2 [11]. The protocol specification for the Common Management Information Protocol (CMIP) is found in ISO DIS 9596-2 [12].

CMIS Services

CMIS Services Overview

All of the CMIS services listed in Table 1 are allowed with the CMOT approach: M-INITIALISE, M-TERMINATE, M-ABORT, M-EVENT-REPORT, M-GET, M-SET, M-ACTION, M-CREATE, and M-DELETE. The specific services supported by a system will be determined by the functional unit group or groups to which a system belongs.

Functional Units

The CMIS services supported are designated in terms of functional units [11]. Each functional unit corresponds to the invoker or performer aspect of a particular service. (The terms "invoker" and "performer" are taken from ROSE and refer to the caller of and responder to a remote operation, respectively.) The "stand alone" functional units associated with each of the management services are given in Table 2 as functional units 0-17. The number following the name of each functional unit in the table is defined by CMIP [12] to identify that particular functional unit. The functional units are used by the CMISE-service-user at the time of association establishment to indicate which services it is willing to support.

+---------------------------------+------------------------+------+ | Functional Unit | Service Primitives | Mode | +---------------------------------+------------------------+------+ | conf. event report invoker(0) | M-EVENT-REPORT Req/Conf| C | | conf. event report performer(1) | M-EVENT-REPORT Ind/Rsp | C | | event report invoker(2) | M-EVENT-REPORT Req | U | | event report performer(3) | M-EVENT-REPORT Ind | U | | confirmed get invoker(4) | M-GET Req/Conf | N/A | | confirmed get performer(5) | M-GET Ind/Rsp | N/A | | confirmed set invoker(6) | M-SET Req/Conf | C | | confirmed set performer(7) | M-SET Ind/Rsp | C | | set invoker(8) | M-SET Req | U | | set performer(9) | M-SET Ind | U | | confirmed action invoker(10) | M-ACTION Req/Conf | C | | confirmed action performer(11) | M-ACTION Ind/Rsp | C | | action invoker(12) | M-ACTION Req | U | | action performer(13) | M-ACTION Ind | U | | confirmed create invoker(14) | M-CREATE Req/Conf | N/A | | confirmed create performer(15) | M-CREATE Ind/Rsp | N/A | | confirmed delete invoker(16) | M-DELETE Req/Conf | N/A | | confirmed delete performer(17) | M-DELETE Ind/Rsp | N/A | | multiple reply(18) | Linked Identification | N/A | | multiple object selection(19) | Scope, Filter, Sync. | N/A | | extended service(20) | Extended Presentation | N/A | +---------------------------------+------------------------+------+

C = confirmed, U = non-confirmed, N/A = not applicable
                      Table 2.  Functional Units

In addition to the stand alone functional units, there are three additional functional units. If any of these additional functional units are selected, then at least one of the stand alone functional units must be selected. The multiple reply functional unit makes available the use of the linked identification parameter in the selected stand alone functional units. This makes possible the use of linked reply (multiple CMIP PDU responses to a single request). The multiple object selection functional unit makes available the use of the scope, filter, and synchronization parameters in the selected stand alone functional units. If the multiple object selection functional unit is selected, then the multiple reply functional unit must also be selected. The extended services functional unit makes available presentation layer services in addition to the P-DATA service. Selecting this functional unit has no effect in the context of CMOT, since the lightweight presentation layer provides only minimal ISO presentation services.

Functional Unit Groups

In order to assist in the reduction of code size and complexity for different types of devices, a number of "functional unit groups" have been defined. Each of these groups indicates a set of services defined for either a manager or an agent. The "negotiation" concerning which functional unit groups are supported is done by means of the Functional Units parameter of the M-INITIALISE service (see section 7.1.4.1). There are five functional unit groups for managers: Event Monitor, Monitoring Manager, Simple Manager, Controlling Manager, and Full Manager. Each functional unit group is a superset of the preceding group. There are five functional unit groups for agents: Event Sender, Monitored Agent, Simple Agent, Controlled Agent, and Full Agent. Again, each functional unit group is a superset of the preceding group. The operations supported for each functional unit group are summarized in Table 3.

+--------------------+------+-----+-----+-------+------+-----+------+ | |Event | Get | Set |Create/|Action|Mult.|Mult. | |Functional Unit |Report| | |Delete | |Reply|Object| |Groups | | | | | | |Select| +--------------------+------+-----+-----+-------+------+-----+------+ | 1. Event Monitor | U | no | no | no | no | no | no | | 2. Event Sender | U | no | no | no | no | no | no | | 3. Monitoring Mgr. | U | yes | no | no | no | no | no | | 4. Monitored Agent | U | yes | no | no | no | no | no | | 5. Simple Manager | U | yes | C | no | no | yes | no* | | 6. Simple Agent | U | yes | C | no | no | yes | no* | | 7. Controlling Mgr.| U | yes | U/C | yes | no | yes | yes | | 8. Controlled Agent| U | yes | U/C | yes | no | yes | yes | | 9. Full Manager | U/C | yes | U/C | yes | U/C | yes | yes | |10. Full Agent | U/C | yes | U/C | yes | U/C | yes | yes | +--------------------+------+-----+-----+-------+------+-----+------+

C = confirmed, U = non-confirmed
* Simple Managers and Agents must support "oneLevel" scoping for all
  and only those cases where it is required to access a whole table
  and may support synchronization other than "best effort"; no support
  for filtering is required.
                   Table 3.  Functional Unit Groups

A conformant system must support at least one of these functional unit groups. A system may support both a manager group and an agent group. A system only needs to implement the services and service primitives required for the groups that it supports. In addition, a system may support services that are not required by any group that

it supports.

M-INITIALISE Parameters

The M-INITIALISE service is provided by the ACSE A-ASSOCIATE service. The parameters for the M-INITIALISE service are defined in [11] and summarized in Table 4.

             +-------------------+-----------+-----------+
             | Parameter Name    | Req/Ind   | Rsp/Conf  |
             +-------------------+-----------+-----------+
             | Functional Units  | Mandatory | Mandatory |
             | User Information  | Optional  | Optional  |
             | Access Control    | Optional  | Optional  |
             +-------------------+-----------+-----------+
                   Table 4. M-INITIALISE Parameters

Notice that the further agreement has been made that the Functional Units parameter is mandatory at all times. The M-INITIALISE parameters are conveyed as ACSE user information in the ACSE request PDU.

Functional Units

The exchange of functional units between the initiating CMISE- service-user and the responding CMISE-service-user is required. This allows the CMIS-service-users to inform each other which functional units are supported. CMIP [12] defines a 21-bit BIT STRING to communicate which functional units are supported. A functional unit is supported if the corresponding bit in this bit string is one. The correspondence between functional units and functional unit groups is given in Table 5. The left column gives the functional unit corresponding to a particular bit position. The numbers along the top of the table indicate the functional unit group (the numbers of the functional unit groups are given in Table 3). The various columns indicate the value of each bit for a particular functional unit group.

+------------------------------+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+ |Functional Unit | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10| +------------------------------+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+ |conf. event report invoker(0) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | |conf. event report perf.(1) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | |event report invoker(2) | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | |event report performer(3) | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | |confirmed get invoker(4) | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | |confirmed get performer(5) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | |confirmed set invoker(6) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | |confirmed set performer(7) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | |set invoker(8) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | |set performer(9) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | |confirmed action invoker(10) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | |confirmed action performer(11)| 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | |action invoker(12) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | |action performer(13) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | |confirmed create invoker(14) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | |confirmed create performer(15)| 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | |confirmed delete invoker(16) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | |confirmed delete performer(17)| 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | |multiple reply(18) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | |multiple object selection(19) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | |extended service(20) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | +------------------------------+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+ | | M | A | M | A | M | A | M | A | M | A | +------------------------------+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+

    1 = supported, 0 = not supported, M = manager, A = agent
                 Table 5.  Functional Unit Group Values

The "negotiation" using functional units proceeds as follows. The initiating CMISE-service-user (manager or agent) sends the functional units representing the functional unit group to which it belongs. The responding CMISE-service-user sends the functional units representing the functional unit group to which it belongs. (If an application process belongs to both a manager and an agent functional unit group, then both functional unit groups are indicated using the same functional unit bit string.) If the functional unit groups supported by the two application entities do not allow meaningful communication, then either entity may refuse the association. Meaningful communication is defined as the ability of the entity to invoke or perform at least one CMIS operation supported by the other entity (i.e., some "complementary" set of functional units exists). After an association has been established, a system must provide the proper response for functional units that it has indicated it can support and should gracefully refuse other requests in accordance

with the protocol.

User Information

The User Information parameter is optional. No entity is required to send this parameter, but all entities are expected to tolerate receipt of it.

One possible use of the User Information parameter is to convey information describing MIB extensions supported by the manager or agent. This can be viewed as a further way of refining the application context. The mechanism for doing this is not defined at this time.

Access Control

The CMIS M-INITIALISE Access Control parameter is optional. Access control is supported on a per association basis using ACSE. It is recommended (but not required) that the access control parameter be used for each A-ASSOCIATE request (via M-INITIALISE).

Access control is also possible on a per request basis with the CMIS Access Control parameter. This parameter might be used to implement security similar to the community access rights mechanism provided by SNMP [4]. It is expected that the Access Control parameter will be used to implement the standard TCP/IP authentication mechanism once this has been defined.

Supporting Services

The M-INITIALISE, M-TERMINATE, and M-ABORT services assume the use of ACSE. The following ACSE services are required: A-ASSOCIATE, A- RELEASE, A-ABORT, and A-P-ABORT. The rest of the CMIP protocol uses the RO-INVOKE, RO-RESULT, RO-ERROR, and RO-REJECT services of ROSE.

CMIP Agreements

The following sections contain specific CMIP agreements in addition to those specified in the CMIP standard [12].

Invoke Identifier

It is required that there be a unique invoke identifier (present in the ROSE PDU) for successive invocations on the same association. The invoke identifier is provided by the invoking CMISE-service-user. Invoke identifiers should increase monotonically during the lifetime of an association. Semantically, the invoke identifier is a Counter as defined in [2]. Unique identifiers will allow the detection of

lost and duplicate requests.

Object Class

The object class field of all CMIP PDUs shall be limited to the "globalForm" choice:

       ObjectClass ::=
            CHOICE {
                 globalForm    [0] IMPLICIT OBJECT IDENTIFIER
            }

Object Instance

The object instance field of all CMIP PDUs is limited to the "distinguishedName" choice:

       ObjectInstance ::=
            CHOICE {
                 distinguishedName  [2] IMPLICIT DistinguishedName
            }

The definition for DistinguishedName is imported from CCITT X.500 and ISO DIS 9594-2 [26]:

DistinguishedName ::= RDNSequence RDNSequence ::= SEQUENCE OF RelativeDistinguishedName RelativeDistinguishedName ::= SET OF AttributeValueAssertion

The definition for AttributeValueAssertion is contained in CMIP [12]:

AttributeValueAssertion ::= SEQUENCE { AttributeId, AttributeValue } AttributeId ::=

    CHOICE {
          globalId   [0] IMPLICIT OBJECT IDENTIFIER
          localId    [1] IMPLICIT INTEGER
    }

AttributeValue ::= ANY DEFINED BY attributeId

Those attributes to be used as the distinguished attributes of a managed object are defined at the time of registration of the object class and are identified in the NAMES clause of the OBJECT-CLASS macro.

When there is no instance information to convey about a managed object, then the following "empty" object instance shall be used: The "distinguishedName" choice of ObjectInstance shall be an RDNSequence consisting of a SEQUENCE of one RelativeDistinguishedName. That RelativeDistinguishedName shall be an empty SET of AttributeValueAssertions.

Access Control

The access control parameter is optional. The receipt of this parameter must be tolerated (i.e., gracefully accepted), but a receiving entity is free to ignore this information. The Access Control field is defined in [12] as EXTERNAL. Until a more sophisticated access control mechanism is defined, simple authentication can be accomplished by using an unencrypted password in the access control field. The definition of this EXTERNAL is the same as that for the ACSE Access Control field (section 8.3.2).

Synchronization

Support for "best effort" synchronization is required. Atomic synchronization may also be supported, but is not required.

Scope

Scoping is supported if the multiple object selection functional unit is selected. If scoping is supported, all values of the scope field shall be supported.

Filter

Filtering is supported if the multiple object selection functional unit is selected. If filtering is supported, it is not required that all features of filtering be supported. The following are the minimal filtering requirements for any system that supports filtering. In the CMIP field CMISFilter, at least two instances of the binary operators ("and," "or") must be supported. Support for additional instances of these operators is not required. Double "not" need not be supported. In FilterItem, the arithmetic operations ("equality", "greaterOrEqual," "lessOrEqual") must be supported. The "present" choice of FilterItem must also be supported. It is not required to support string operations (namely, the "substrings" choice of the FilterItem type). Thus, the minimal requirements for filtering yield this restricted definition of FilterItem:

          FilterItem ::=
               CHOICE {
                    equality       [0] AttributeValueAssertion,
                    greaterOrEqual [2] AttributeValueAssertion,
                    lessOrEqual    [3] AttributeValueAssertion,
                    present        [4] AttributeID
               }

Attribute Identifier

Both choices for the CMIP AttributeId field are allowed:

          AttributeId ::=
               CHOICE {
                    globalId  [0] IMPLICIT OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
                    localId   [1] IMPLICIT INTEGER
               }

The "globalId" form of AttributeId is required if scoping is used (i.e., the value of the scope field is other than "baseObject").

Event Type Identifier

Both choices for the CMIP EventTypeId field are allowed:

          EventTypeId ::=
               CHOICE {
                    globalId  [6] IMPLICIT OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
                    localId   [7] IMPLICIT INTEGER
               }

7.3.10. Action Type Identifier

Both choices for the CMIP ActionTypeId field are allowed:

          ActionTypeId ::=
               CHOICE {
                    globalId  [2] IMPLICIT OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
                    localId   [3] IMPLICIT INTEGER
               }

The "globalId" form of ActionTypeId is required if scoping is used (i.e., the value of the scope field is other than "baseObject").

7.3.11. Time Fields

The "eventTime" field of the m-EventReport Invoke PDU and the m- EventConfirmedReport Invoke PDU must be present.

The "currentTime" field of the following PDUs must be present: the m-EventReport Confirmed Result PDU, the m-Get Result PDU, the m-Set Result PDU, the m-Action Confirmed Result PDU, the m-Create Result PDU, the m-Delete Result PDU, the GetListError Error PDU, and the SetListError Error PDU.

All CMIP time fields shall use the ASN.1 GeneralizedTime type defined in [5] with 1 millisecond granularity.

If the system generating the PDU does not have the current time, yet does have the time since last boot, then GeneralizedTime can be used to encode this information. The time since last boot will be added to the base time "0001 Jan 1 00:00:00.00" using the Gregorian calendar algorithm. (In the Gregorian calendar, all years have 365 days except those divisible by 4 and not by 400, which have 366.) The use of the year 1 as the base year will prevent any confusion with current time.

If no meaningful time is available, then the year 0 shall be used in GeneralizedTime to indicate this fact.

7.3.12. Response PDUs

Both the "managedObjectClass" and "managedObjectInstance" fields must be present in the following CMIP response PDUs: the m-EventReport Confirmed Result PDU, the m-Get Result PDU, the m-Set Result PDU, the m-Action Confirmed Result PDU, the m-Create Result PDU, the m-Delete Result PDU, the GetListError Error PDU, and the SetListError Error PDU. The "managedObjectInstance" field must be present in the ProcessingFailure Error PDU. The "managedObjectClass" field must be present in the NoSuchArgument Error PDU.

7.3.13. Error PDUs

The "globalId" form of AttributeId is required for the NoSuchAttributeId Error PDU and the InvalidAttributeValue Error PDU.

Association Control Service Element

The Association Control Service Element (ACSE), which is necessary

for establishing and releasing application associations, is defined in [7] and [8].

ACSE Services

The ACSE service description is detailed in ISO 8649 [7]. All of the defined ACSE services are mandatory:

   o  A-ASSOCIATE: This confirmed service is used to initiate an
      application association between application entities.
   o  A-RELEASE: This confirmed service is used to release an
      application association between application entities without
      loss of information.
   o  A-ABORT: This unconfirmed service causes the abnormal release
      of an association with a possible loss of information.
   o  A-P-ABORT: This provider-initiated service indicates the
      abnormal release of an application association by the
      underlying presentation service with a possible loss of
      information.

Mappings of the ACSE services to presentation services and ACSE APDUs are shown in Table 6, along with a section reference to ISO 8649 [7].

  +-------------+------------+----------------------+-------------+
  |    ACSE     |  ISO 8649  |        Related       |  Associated |
  |   Service   |  Reference | Presentation Service |    APDUs    |
  +-------------+------------+----------------------+-------------+
  | A-ASSOCIATE |     9.1    |       P-CONNECT      | AARQ, AARE  |
  | A-RELEASE   |     9.2    |       P-RELEASE      | RLRQ, RLRE  |
  | A-ABORT     |     9.3    |       P-U-ABORT      | ABRT        |
  | A-P-ABORT   |     9.4    |       P-P-ABORT      | (none)      |
  +-------------+------------+----------------------+-------------+
                 Table 6.  Mapping of ACSE Services

Supporting Services

ACSE will make use of the following ISO presentation layer services: P-CONNECT, P-RELEASE, P-U-ABORT, and P-P-ABORT. These presentation services will be provided by the LPP [13].

ACSE Protocol

The ACSE protocol specification is found in ISO 8650 [8]. All five ACSE APDUs specified in the standard are mandatory.

Application Context Name

The Application Context Name takes the form of an OBJECT IDENTIFIER. The value of this OBJECT IDENTIFIER includes both the version of CMOT being used for this association and the version number of the highest version of the Internet-standard MIB supported by the manager or

agent.  The application context name has the following generic form:
             { iso(1) org(3) dod(6) internet(1) mgmt(2) mib(n)
               cmot(9) cmotVersion(1) version-number(v) }
             where n = highest MIB version supported and
                   v = version of CMOT supported

For the version of CMOT defined in these agreements, "version-number" has the value of one (1). This version of CMOT implies the versions of the ISO protocols specified in this memo (see Figure 2).

User Information

The following CMIS M-INITIALISE parameters are all mapped onto the ACSE User Information parameter: Functional Units, User Information, and Access Control. (See section 7.1.4 for more information on the CMIS M-INITIALISE parameters.) ACSE User Information is defined in ISO 8650 as follows:

          Association-information ::= SEQUENCE OF EXTERNAL

The ASN.1 defined type EXTERNAL, which is defined in section 35 of ISO 8824 [5], requires both an OBJECT IDENTIFIER for identification and an associated ASN.1 encoding.

The OBJECT IDENTIFIER and syntax associated with the ACSE Functional Units EXTERNAL definition are found in [12]. The OBJECT IDENTIFIER is defined as { iso(1) standard(0) ips-osi-mips(9596) cmip(2) version(1) acse(0) functional-units(0) } and the syntax is a BIT STRING.

The EXTERNAL definition for User Information is left unspecified at this time; it will be defined in a future memo.

If some form of access control is required, a simple unencrypted

password can be used. The EXTERNAL for this simple access control will use the OBJECT IDENTIFIER { cmotAcseAccessControl } (Appendix A) and the syntax OCTET STRING. A more sophisticated authentication mechanism will be defined with another EXTERNAL definition in a future memo.

Presentation Service Parameters

The values and defaults of parameters to the ACSE primitives that are given to the presentation service are specified in RFC 1085 [13].

For the Presentation Context Definition List parameter to the P- CONNECT service [13, p. 10], the value of the Abstract Syntax Name associated with the Presentation Context Identifier of value one (1) shall be identical to the OBJECT IDENTIFIER used for the Application Context Name (section 8.3.1).

The Quality of Service parameter shall have the value of either "tcp-based" or "udp-based."

Remote Operations Service Element

The Remote Operations Service Element (ROSE), which provides the ability to invoke remote operations, is specified in ISO 9072-1 [9] and 9072-2 [10]. ROSE can only be used once an association has been established between two application entities. ROSE is used to support CMISE; it is not intended to be used directly by management application processes.

ROSE Services

The ROSE service definition is detailed in ISO 9072-1 [9]. All of the defined ROSE services are mandatory:

   o  RO-INVOKE: This unconfirmed service is used by an invoking
      ROSE-user to cause the invocation of an operation to be
      performed by an invoked ROSE-user.
   o  RO-RESULT: This unconfirmed service is used by an invoked
      ROSE-user to reply to a previous RO-INVOKE indication in the
      case of a successfully performed operation.
   o  RO-ERROR: This unconfirmed service is used by an invoked
      ROSE-user to reply to a previous RO-INVOKE indication in the
      case of an unsuccessfully performed operation.
   o  RO-REJECT-U: This unconfirmed service is used by a ROSE-user
      to reject a request (RO-INVOKE indication) of the other
      ROSE-user if it has detected a problem.  It may also be used
      by a ROSE-user to (optionally) reject a reply (RO-RESULT
      indication, RO-ERROR indication) from the other ROSE-user.
   o  RO-REJECT-P: This provider-initiated service is used to advise
      a ROSE-user of a problem detected by the ROSE-provider.

Mappings of ROSE services to ISO presentation services and ROSE APDUs are shown in Table 7, along with a section reference to ISO 9072-1 [9].

  +-------------+------------+----------------------+-------------+
  |    ROSE     | ISO 9072-1 |        Related       |  Associated |
  |   Service   | Reference  | Presentation Service |    APDUs    |
  +-------------+------------+----------------------+-------------+
  | RO-INVOKE   |    10.1    |        P-DATA        |    ROIV     |
  | RO-RESULT   |    10.2    |        P-DATA        |    RORS     |
  | RO-ERROR    |    10.3    |        P-DATA        |    ROER     |
  | RO-REJECT-U |    10.4    |        P-DATA        |    RORJ     |
  | RO-REJECT-P |    10.5    |        P-DATA        |    RORJ     |
  +-------------+------------+----------------------+-------------+

Table 7. Mapping of ROSE Services

Supporting Services

ROSE will only make use of the presentation layer service P-DATA. This service is provided by the LPP. The following restrictions are a consequence of the use of the LPP: First, mappings to the Reliable Transfer Service Element (RTSE) are not possible, since no RTSE is present. Second, no data token is used with the presentation services.

ROSE Protocol

The protocol specification for ROSE shall follow ISO 9072-2 [10]. All four APDUs specified in the standard are mandatory. In addition, the ability to support the correct origination and reception of the linked-id protocol element is required if the multiple reply functional unit has been selected (section 7.1.2).

Operation Class

Since no turn management is required by ROSE, the Operation Class parameter may be ignored.

Priority

ROSE will deliver each APDU in a "first in, first out" manner. Since no turn management is required by ROSE, the Priority parameter may be ignored.

10. Lightweight Presentation

The specification for the lightweight presentation protocol (LPP) is contained in RFC 1085, "ISO Presentation Services on top of TCP/IP- based internets" [13]. The services defined in that memo are the minimal set of ISO presentation services required to support ACSE and ROSE. The protocol specified to provide these services is a replacement for the ISO presentation protocol.

10.1. Lightweight Presentation Services

All of the ISO presentation services provided by the LPP are mandatory: P-CONNECT, P-RELEASE, P-U-ABORT, P-P-ABORT, and P-DATA.

10.2. Supporting Services

Depending on the quality of service indicated in the P-CONNECT request, the LPP will use either UDP (low quality) or TCP (high quality) as the underlying transport protocol. UDP provides an unreliable datagram service, while TCP provides a reliable connection-oriented transport service.

Practically speaking, there are two ways to discover whether a remote system supports the LPP over UDP or TCP. The first is to use some undefined form of directory service. This might be nothing more than a local table. The second way is simply to attempt to establish an association with the remote application entity using the desired quality of service. If the transport for that service is unavailable on the remote system, then the local presentation-service-provided will issue a negative P-CONNECT.CONFIRMATION primitive. This will be interpreted by ACSE as a failure to establish an association with the desired quality of service.

The following well-known UDP and TCP port numbers are defined:

         cmot manager     163/tcp
         cmot manager     163/udp
         cmot agent       164/tcp
         cmot agent       164/udp

When UDP is used, an implementation need not accept a lightweight presentation PDU whose length exceeds 484. The purpose of this

restriction is to ensure that CMIP requests and responses can be transmitted in a single unfragmented IP datagram.

10.3. Lightweight Presentation Protocol

No further agreements are needed for the lightweight presentation protocol defined in RFC 1085.

11. Acknowledgements

This RFC is the work of many people. The following members of the IETF Netman working group and other interested individuals made important contributions:

         Amatzia Ben-Artzi, 3Com
         Asheem Chandna, AT&T Bell Laboratories
         Ken Chapman, Digital Equipment Corporation
         Anthony Chung, Sytek
         George Cohn, Ungermann-Bass
         Gabriele Cressman, Sun Microsystems
         Pranati Kapadia, Hewlett-Packard
         Lee LaBarre, The MITRE Corporation (chair)
         Dave Mackie, 3Com
         Keith McCloghrie, The Wollongong Group
         Jim Robertson, 3Com
         Milt Roselinsky, CMC
         Marshall Rose, The Wollongong Group
         John Scott, Data General
         Lou Steinberg, IBM

12. References

 [1]  Cerf, V., "IAB Recommendations for the Development of Internet
      Network Management Standards", RFC 1052, April 1988.
 [2]  Rose, M., and K. McCloghrie, "Structure and Identification of
      Management Information for TCP/IP-based internets", RFC 1065,
      August 1988.
 [3]  McCloghrie, K., and M. Rose, "Management Information Base for
      Network Management of TCP/IP-based internets", RFC 1066,
      August 1988.
 [4]  Case, J., M. Fedor, M. Schoffstall, and J. Davin, "A Simple
      Network Management Protocol (SNMP)", RFC 1098, (Obsoletes
      RFC 1067), April 1989.
 [5]  ISO 8824: "Information processing systems - Open Systems
      Interconnection, Specification of Abstract Syntax Notation One
      (ASN.1)", Geneva, March 1988.
 [6]  ISO 8825: "Information processing systems - Open Systems
      Interconnection, Specification of Basic Encoding Rules for
      Abstract Notation One (ASN.1)", Geneva, March 1988.
 [7]  ISO 8649: "Information processing systems - Open Systems
      Interconnection, Service Definition for Association Control
      Service Element".
 [8]  ISO 8650: "Information processing systems - Open Systems
      Interconnection, Protocol Specification for Association
      Control Service Element".
 [9]  CCITT Recommendation X.219, Working Document for ISO 9072-1:
      "Information processing systems - Text Communication, Remote
      Operations: Model, Notation and Service Definition",
      Gloucester, November 1987.
 [10]  CCITT Recommendation X.229, Working Document for ISO 9072-2:
       "Information processing systems - Text Communication, Remote
       Operations: Protocol Specification", Gloucester,
       November 1987.
 [11]  ISO DIS 9595-2: "Information processing systems - Open
       Systems Interconnection, Management Information Service
       Definition - Part 2: Common Management Information
       Service", 22 December 1988.
 [12]  ISO DIS 9596-2: "Information Processing Systems - Open
       Systems Interconnection, Management Information Protocol
       Specification - Part 2: Common Management Information
       Protocol", 22 December 1988.
 [13]  Rose, M., "ISO Presentation Services on top of TCP/IP-based
       internets", RFC 1085, December 1988.
 [14]  OSI Network Management Forum, "Forum Interoperable Interface
       Protocols", September 1988.
 [15]  ISO DIS 7498-4: "Information processing systems - Open
       Systems Interconnection, Basic Reference Model - Part 4:
       OSI Management Framework".
 [16]  ISO/IEC JTC1/SC21/WG4 N571: "Information processing systems -
       Open Systems Interconnection, Systems Management: Overview",
       London, July 1988.
 [17]  Klerer, S. Mark, "The OSI Management Architecture: An
       Overview", IEEE Network Magazine, March 1988.
 [18]  Ben-Artzi, A., "Network Management for TCP/IP Networks: An
       Overview", Internet Engineering Task Force working note,
       April 1988.
 [19]  ISO/IEC JTC1/SC21/WG4 N3324: "Information processing
       systems - Open Systems Interconnection, Management
       Information Services - Structure of Management
       Information - Part I: Management Information Model",
       Sydney, December 1988.
 [20]  Postel, J., "User Datagram Protocol", RFC 768, August 1980.
 [21]  Postel, J., "Transmission Control Protocol", RFC 793,
       September 1981.
 [22]  ISO DP 9534: "Information processing systems - Open Systems
       Interconnection, Application Layer Structure", 10 March 1987.
 [23]  Rose, M., "ISO Transport Services on top of the TCP",
       RFC 1006, May 1987.
 [24]  ISO 8822: "Information processing systems - Open Systems
       Interconnection, Connection Oriented Presentation Service
       Definition", June 1987.
 [25]  Postel, J., "Internet Protocol", RFC 791, September 1981.
 [26]  CCITT Draft Recommendation X.500, ISO DIS 9594/1-8: "The
       Directory", Geneva, March 1988.

Appendix A - The CMOT Group

CMOT DEFINITIONS ::= BEGIN

IMPORTS OBJECT-TYPE FROM RFC1065-SMI;

IMPORTS mib FROM RFC1066-MIB;

 cmot  OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 9 }
 -- The following assignments are made for the purpose of
 -- identification within CMOT and do not refer to MIB objects.
 cmotVersion              OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { cmot 1 }
 cmotAcseInfo             OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { cmot 2 }
 cmotAcseAccessControl    OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { cmotAcseInfo 1 }
 -- The following definition is made for use in referencing a
 -- managed system (for the purpose of proxy management) in the
 -- CMIP Object Instance field. It does not represent a MIB
 -- object.
 cmotSystemID OBJECT-TYPE
         SYNTAX  CmotSystemID
         ACCESS  not-accessible
         STATUS  optional
         ::= { cmot 3 }
 CmotSystemID ::= CHOICE {
         arbitrary     [0] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING,
         proxyIndex    [1] IMPLICIT INTEGER,
         inetAddr      [2] IMPLICIT IpAddress,
         domainName    [3] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING,
         mac802Addr    [4] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING,
         x121Addr      [5] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING,
         nsap          [6] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING,
         netbiosName   [7] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING,
         snaName       [8] IMPLICIT OCTET STRING,
         adminId       [9] IMPLICIT OBJECT IDENTIFIER
 }
  -- All addresses should be conveyed in network-byte order.

END

Appendix B - Management Information Summary

RFC1066-MIB-INTERPRETATION

      { iso org(3) dod(6) internet(1) mgmt(2) 1 }
          DEFINITIONS ::= BEGIN
          IMPORTS mgmt, OBJECT-TYPE FROM RFC1065-SMI;
            mib        OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mgmt 1 }
            system     OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 1 }
            interfaces OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 2 }
            at         OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 3 }
            ip         OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 4 }
            icmp       OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 5 }
            tcp        OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 6 }
            udp        OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 7 }
            egp        OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { mib 8 }
     -- definition of object class
     OBJECT-CLASS MACRO  ::=
     BEGIN
       TYPE NOTATION  ::= SubClassOf Superiors Names Attributes
       VALUE NOTATION ::= value(VALUE OBJECT IDENTIFIER)
       SubClassOf     ::= "SUBCLASS OF" value(OBJECT-CLASS)
                                        | empty
       Superiors      ::= "SUPERIORS" "{" SuperiorList "}"
                                        | empty
       Names          ::= "NAMES" "{" AttributeList "}"
                                        | empty
       Attributes     ::= "CONTAINS" "{" AttributeList "}"
                                        | empty
       SuperiorList   ::= Superior | Superior "," SuperiorList
       Superior       ::= value(OBJECT-CLASS)
       AttributeList  ::= Attribute | Attribute "," AttributeList
       Attribute      ::= value(OBJECT-TYPE)
     END
     -- the System group
     system OBJECT-CLASS
             NAMES  { cmotSystemID }   -- Appendix A
             CONTAINS  {
                     sysDescr,
                     sysObjectID,
                     sysUpTime
             }
             ::= { mib 1 }
     -- the Interfaces group
     interfaces OBJECT-CLASS
             SUPERIORS  { system }
             CONTAINS  { ifNumber }
             ::= { mib 2 }
     ifTable OBJECT-CLASS
             SUPERIORS  { interfaces }
             ::= { interfaces 2 }
     ifEntry OBJECT-CLASS
             SUPERIORS  { ifTable }
             NAMES { ifIndex }
             CONTAINS  {
                     ifIndex,
                     ifDescr,
                     ifType,
                     ifMtu,
                     ifSpeed,
                     ifPhysAddress,
                     ifAdminStatus,
                     ifOperStatus,
                     ifLastChange,
                     ifInOctets,
                     ifInUcastPkts,
                     ifInNUcastPkts,
                     ifInDiscards,
                     ifInErrors,
                     ifInUnknownProtos,
                     ifOutOctets,
                     ifOutUcastPkts,
                     ifOutNUcastPkts,
                     ifOutDiscards,
                     ifOutErrors,
                     ifOutQLen
             }
             ::= { ifTable 1 }
     -- the Address Translation group
     at OBJECT-CLASS
             SUPERIORS  { system }
             ::= { mib 3 }
     atTable OBJECT-CLASS
             SUPERIORS  { at }
             ::= { at 1 }
     atEntry OBJECT-CLASS
             SUPERIORS  { atTable }
             NAMES  {
                     atIfIndex,
                     atNetAddress
             }
             CONTAINS  {
                     atIfIndex,
                     atPhysAddress,
                     atNetAddress
             }
             ::= { atTable 1 }
     -- the IP group
     ip OBJECT-CLASS
             SUPERIORS  { system }
             CONTAINS  {
                     ipForwarding,
                     ipDefaultTTL,
                     ipInReceives,
                     ipInHdrErrors,
                     ipInAddrErrors,
                     ipForwDatagrams,
                     ipInUnknownProtos,
                     ipInDiscards,
                     ipInDelivers,
                     ipOutRequests,
                     ipOutDiscards,
                     ipOutNoRoutes,
                     ipReasmTimeout,
                     ipReasmReqds,
                     ipReasmOKs,
                     ipReasmFails,
                     ipFragOKs,
                     ipFragFails,
                     ipFragCreates
             }
             ::= { mib 4 }
     -- the IP Interface table
     ipAddrTable OBJECT-CLASS
             SUPERIORS  { ip }
             ::= { ip 20 }
     ipAddrEntry OBJECT-CLASS
             SUPERIORS  { ipAddrTable }
             NAMES  { ipAdEntAddr }
             CONTAINS  {
                     ipAdEntAddr,
                     ipAdEntIfIndex,
                     ipAdEntNetMask,
                     ipAdEntBcastAddr
             }
             ::= { ipAddrTable 1 }
     -- the IP Routing table
     ipRoutingTable OBJECT-CLASS
             SUPERIORS  { ip }
             ::= { ip 21 }
     ipRouteEntry OBJECT-CLASS
             SUPERIORS  { ipRoutingTable }
             NAMES  { ipRouteDest }
             CONTAINS  {
                     ipRouteDest,
                     ipRouteIfIndex,
                     ipRouteMetric1,
                     ipRouteMetric2,
                     ipRouteMetric3,
                     ipRouteMetric4,
                     ipRouteNextHop,
                     ipRouteType,
                     ipRouteProto,
                     ipRouteAge
             }
             ::= { ipRoutingTable 1 }
     -- the ICMP group
     icmp OBJECT-CLASS
             SUPERIORS  { system }
             CONTAINS  {
                     icmpInMsgs,
                     icmpInErrors,
                     icmpInDestUnreachs,
                     icmpInTimeExcds,
                     icmpInParmProbs,
                     icmpInSrcQuenchs,
                     icmpInRedirects,
                     icmpInEchos,
                     icmpInEchoReps,
                     icmpInTimestamps,
                     icmpInTimestampReps,
                     icmpInAddrMasks,
                     icmpInAddrMaskReps,
                     icmpOutMsgs,
                     icmpOutErrors,
                     icmpOutDestUnreachs,
                     icmpOutTimeExcds,
                     icmpOutParmProbs,
                     icmpOutSrcQuenchs,
                     icmpOutRedirects,
                     icmpOutEchos,
                     icmpOutEchoReps,
                     icmpOutTimestamps,
                     icmpOutTimestampReps,
                     icmpOutAddrMasks,
                     icmpOutAddrMaskReps
             }
             ::= { mib 5 }
     -- the TCP group
     tcp OBJECT-CLASS
             SUPERIORS  { system }
             CONTAINS  {
                     tcpRtoAlgorithm,
                     tcpRtoMin,
                     tcpRtoMax,
                     tcpMaxConn,
                     tcpActiveOpens,
                     tcpPassiveOpens,
                     tcpAttemptFails,
                     tcpEstabResets,
                     tcpCurrEstab,
                     tcpInSegs,
                     tcpOutSegs,
                     tcpRetransSegs
             }
             ::= { mib 6 }
     -- the TCP connections table
     tcpConnTable OBJECT-CLASS
             SUPERIORS  { tcp }
             ::= { tcp 13 }
     tcpConnEntry OBJECT-CLASS
             SUPERIORS  { tcpConnTable }
             NAMES  {
                     tcpConnLocalAddress,
                     tcpConnLocalPort,
                     tcpConnRemAddress,
                     tcpConnRemPort
             }
             CONTAINS  {
                     tcpConnState,
                     tcpConnLocalAddress,
                     tcpConnLocalPort,
                     tcpConnRemAddress,
                     tcpConnRemPort
             }
             ::= { tcpConnTable 1 }
     -- the UDP group
    udp OBJECT-CLASS
             SUPERIORS  { system }
             CONTAINS  {
                     udpInDatagrams,
                     udpNoPorts,
                     udpInErrors,
                     udpOutDatagrams
             }
             ::= { mib 7 }
     -- the EGP group
      egp OBJECT-CLASS
             SUPERIORS  { system }
             CONTAINS  {
                     egpInMsgs,
                     egpInErrors,
                     egpOutMsgs,
                     egpOutErrors
             }
             ::= { mib 8 }
      -- the EGP Neighbor table
      egpNeighTable OBJECT-CLASS
             SUPERIORS  { egp }
             ::= { egp 5 }
     egpNeighEntry OBJECT-CLASS
             SUPERIORS  { egpNeighTable }
             NAMES  { egpNeighAddr }
             CONTAINS  {
                     egpNeighState,
                     egpNeighAddr
             }
             ::= { egpNeighTable 1 }
     END

Appendix C - Sample Protocol Exchanges

The following are sample protocol exchanges between a manager and an agent. The manager establishes an association with the agent, requests the number of IP address and header errors, requests the type of route corresponding to the destination address 10.0.0.51, requests the TCP connection with the well-known port for FTP, and then releases the association. All of these samples show the lightweight presentation protocol being used over TCP.

-- -- the manager sends an ACSE association request carried in a -- presentation connect request PDU --

{

  connectRequest {                             -- LPP
     version version-1,
     reference {
        callingSSUserReference "sri-nic.arpa",
        commonReference "880821222531Z"
     },
     asn 1.3.6.1.2.1.9.1.1,
     user-data {                               -- ACSE
        protocol-version version1,
        application-context-name 1.3.6.1.2.1.9.1.1,
        user-information {
           functionalUnits {
              direct-reference 1.0.9596.2.1.0.0,
              encoding {
                 single-ASN1-type '010110101010101010110B'
                                                     -- Full Manager
              }
           }
        }
     }
  }

}

-- -- the agent sends an ACSE association response carried in a -- presentation connect response PDU --

{

  connectResponse {                           -- LPP
     user-data {
        user-information {                    -- ACSE
           functionalUnits {
              direct-reference 1.0.9596.2.1.0.0,
              encoding {
                 single-ASN1-type '101001010101010101110B'
                                                       -- Full Agent
              }
           }
        }
     }
  }

}

-- -- the manager sends a get request to read the values of -- ipInHdrErrors and ipInAddrErrors --

{

  userData {                                   -- LPP
     ro-Invoke {                               -- ROSE
        invokeID 10,
        operation-value m-Get(3),
        argument {                             -- CMIP
           baseManagedObjectClass {
              globalForm ip { 1.3.6.1.2.1.4 }
           },
           baseManagedObjectInstance {
              distinguishedName {
                 relativeDistinguishedName {}
              }
           },
           attributeIdList {
              attributeId {
                 localID 4                     -- ipInHdrErrors
              },
              attributeId {
                 localID 5                     -- ipInAddrErrors
              }
           }
        }
     }
  }

}

-- -- the agent replies with a get response indicating that -- ipInHdrErrors = 0 and ipInAddrErrors = 2 --

{

  userData {                                   -- LPP
     ro-Result {                               -- ROSE
        invokeID 10,
        {
           operation-value m-Get(3),
           argument {                          -- CMIP
              baseManagedObjectClass {
                 globalForm ip { 1.3.6.1.2.1.4 }
              },
              baseManagedObjectInstance {
                 distinguishedName {
                    relativeDistinguishedName {}
                 }
              },
              currentTime "19880821222541.300000Z",
              attributeList {
                 attribute {
                    attributeId {
                       localID 4               -- ipInHdrErrors
                    },
                    attributeValue 0
                 },
                 attribute {
                    attributeId {
                       localID 5               -- ipInAddrErrors
                    },
                    attributeValue 2
                 }
              }
           }
        }
     }
  }

}

-- -- the manager sends a get request to discover the ipRouteType for -- the IP routing entry with ipRouteDest = 10.0.0.51 --

{

  userData {                                   -- LPP
     ro-Invoke {                               -- ROSE
        invokeID 11,
        operation-value m-Get (3),
        argument {                             -- CMIP
           baseManagedObjectClass {
              globalForm ipRouteEntry { 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1 }
           },
           baseManagedObjectInstance {
              distinguishedName {
                 relativeDistinguishedName {
                    attributeValueAssertion {
                       attributeType ipRouteDest
                                    { 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.1 },
                       attributeValue 10.0.0.51
                    }
                 }
              }
           },
           attributeIdList {
              attributeId {
                 localID 8                     -- ipRouteType
              }
           }
        }
     }
  }

}

-- -- the agent replies with a get response indicating the appropriate -- route type --

{

  userData {                                   -- LPP
     ro-Result {                               -- ROSE
        invokeID 11,
        {
           operation-value m-Get(3),
           argument {                          -- CMIP
              baseManagedObjectClass {
                 globalForm ipRouteEntry { 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1 }
              },
              baseManagedObjectInstance {
                 distinguishedName {
                    relativeDistinguishedName {
                       attributeValueAssertion {
                          attributeType ipRouteDest
                                       { 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.1 },
                          attributeValue 10.0.0.51
                       }
                    }
                 }
              },
              currentTime "19880821222613.780000Z",
              attributeList {
                 attribute {
                    attributeId {
                       localID 8               -- ipRouteType
                    },
                    attributeValue "direct"
                 }
              }
           }
        }
     }
  }

}

-- -- the manager sends a get request to read the TCP connection with -- the well-known port for FTP. --

{

  userData {                                   -- LPP
     ro-Invoke {                               -- ROSE
        invokeID 12,
        operation-value m-Get(3),
        argument {                             -- CMIP
           baseManagedObjectClass {
              globalForm tcpConnTable { 1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13 }
           },
           baseManagedObjectInstance {
              distinguishedName {
                 relativeDistinguishedName { }
              }
           },
           scope oneLevel(1),
           filter {
              item {
                 equality {
                    attributeType tcpConnLocalPort
                          { 1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1.3 }
                    attributeValue 21           -- ftp
                 }
              }
           }
           attributeIdList { } -- an empty list means all attributes
        }
     }
  }

}

-- -- the agent replies with a get response providing the desired TCP -- connection information. If more than one TCP connection had -- satisfied the filter condition, a series of one or more linked -- reply PDUs would have been returned before the final get response. --

{

  userData {                                   -- LPP
     ro-Result {                               -- ROSE
        invokeID 12,
        {
           operation-value m-Get(3),
           argument {                          -- CMIP
              baseManagedObjectClass {
                 globalForm tcpConnEntry { 1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1 }
              },
              baseManagedObjectInstance {
                 distinguishedName {
                    relativeDistinguishedName {
                       attributeValueAssertion {
                          attributeType  { tcpConnLocalAddress },
                          attributeValue 128.10.0.34
                       },
                       attributeValueAssertion {
                          attributeType  { tcpConnLocalPort },
                          attributeValue 21
                       },
                       attributeValueAssertion {
                          attributeType  { tcpConnRemAddress },
                          attributeValue 0.0.0.0
                       },
                       attributeValueAssertion {
                          attributeType  { tcpConnRemPort },
                          attributeValue 0
                       },
                    }
                 }
              },
              currentTime "19880821222541.300000Z",
              attributeList {
                 attribute {
                    attributeId {
                       localId 1              -- tcpConnState
                    },
                    attributeValue LISTEN
                 },
                 attribute {
                    attributeId {
                       localId 2              -- tcpConnLocalAddress
                    },
                    attributeValue 128.10.0.34
                 },
                 attribute {
                    attributeId {
                       localId 3              -- tcpConnLocalPort
                    },
                    attributeValue 21
                 },
                 attribute {
                    attributeId {
                       localId 4              -- tcpConnRemAddress
                    },
                    attributeValue 0.0.0.0
                 },
                 attribute {
                    attributeId {
                       localId 5              -- tcpConnRemPort
                    },
                    attributeValue 0
                 }
              }
           }
        }
     }
  }

}

-- -- the manager sends a presentation release request --

{

  releaseRequest {                             -- LPP
     user-data {                               -- ACSE
        reason normal
     }
  }

}

-- -- the agent sends a presentation release response --

{

  releaseResponse {                            -- LPP
     user-data {                               -- ACSE
        reason normal
     }
  }

}

Authors' Addresses

Unnikrishnan S. Warrier Unisys Corporation 2400 Colorado MS #42-13 Santa Monica, CA 90406

Phone: (213) 453-5196

Email: [email protected]

Larry Besaw Hewlett-Packard 3404 East Harmony Road Fort Collins, CO 80525

Phone: (303) 229-6022

Email: lmb%[email protected]